\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- @c Copyright 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, @c 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. @c @c %**start of header @c makeinfo ignores cmds prev to setfilename, so its arg cannot make use @c of @set vars. However, you can override filename with makeinfo -o. @setfilename gdb.info @c @include gdb-cfg.texi @c @settitle Debugging with @value{GDBN} @setchapternewpage odd @c %**end of header @iftex @c @smallbook @c @cropmarks @end iftex @finalout @syncodeindex ky cp @c readline appendices use @vindex, @findex and @ftable, @c annotate.texi and gdbmi use @findex. @syncodeindex vr cp @syncodeindex fn cp @c !!set GDB manual's edition---not the same as GDB version! @set EDITION Ninth @c !!set GDB manual's revision date @set DATE June 2002 @c !!set GDB edit command default editor @set EDITOR /bin/ex @c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO 4.0 OR LATER. @c This is a dir.info fragment to support semi-automated addition of @c manuals to an info tree. @dircategory Programming & development tools. @direntry * Gdb: (gdb). The @sc{gnu} debugger. @end direntry @ifinfo This file documents the @sc{gnu} debugger @value{GDBN}. This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, @value{DATE}, of @cite{Debugging with @value{GDBN}: the @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger} for @value{GDBN} Version @value{GDBVN}. Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998,@* 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being ``Free Software'' and ``Free Software Needs Free Documentation'', with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. (a) The Free Software Foundation's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' @end ifinfo @titlepage @title Debugging with @value{GDBN} @subtitle The @sc{gnu} Source-Level Debugger @sp 1 @subtitle @value{EDITION} Edition, for @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN} @subtitle @value{DATE} @author Richard Stallman, Roland Pesch, Stan Shebs, et al. @page @tex {\parskip=0pt \hfill (Send bugs and comments on @value{GDBN} to bug-gdb\@gnu.org.)\par \hfill {\it Debugging with @value{GDBN}}\par \hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par } @end tex @vskip 0pt plus 1filll Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @sp 2 Published by the Free Software Foundation @* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, @* Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* ISBN 1-882114-77-9 @* Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being ``Free Software'' and ``Free Software Needs Free Documentation'', with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. (a) The Free Software Foundation's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.'' @end titlepage @page @ifnottex @node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir) @top Debugging with @value{GDBN} This file describes @value{GDBN}, the @sc{gnu} symbolic debugger. This is the @value{EDITION} Edition, @value{DATE}, for @value{GDBN} Version @value{GDBVN}. Copyright (C) 1988-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @menu * Summary:: Summary of @value{GDBN} * Sample Session:: A sample @value{GDBN} session * Invocation:: Getting in and out of @value{GDBN} * Commands:: @value{GDBN} commands * Running:: Running programs under @value{GDBN} * Stopping:: Stopping and continuing * Stack:: Examining the stack * Source:: Examining source files * Data:: Examining data * Macros:: Preprocessor Macros * Tracepoints:: Debugging remote targets non-intrusively * Overlays:: Debugging programs that use overlays * Languages:: Using @value{GDBN} with different languages * Symbols:: Examining the symbol table * Altering:: Altering execution * GDB Files:: @value{GDBN} files * Targets:: Specifying a debugging target * Remote Debugging:: Debugging remote programs * Configurations:: Configuration-specific information * Controlling GDB:: Controlling @value{GDBN} * Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands * TUI:: @value{GDBN} Text User Interface * Emacs:: Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs * Annotations:: @value{GDBN}'s annotation interface. * GDB/MI:: @value{GDBN}'s Machine Interface. * GDB Bugs:: Reporting bugs in @value{GDBN} * Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print @value{GDBN} documentation * Command Line Editing:: Command Line Editing * Using History Interactively:: Using History Interactively * Installing GDB:: Installing GDB * Maintenance Commands:: Maintenance Commands * Remote Protocol:: GDB Remote Serial Protocol * Copying:: GNU General Public License says how you can copy and share GDB * GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation * Index:: Index @end menu @end ifnottex @contents @node Summary @unnumbered Summary of @value{GDBN} The purpose of a debugger such as @value{GDBN} is to allow you to see what is going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed. @value{GDBN} can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of these) to help you catch bugs in the act: @itemize @bullet @item Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior. @item Make your program stop on specified conditions. @item Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped. @item Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the effects of one bug and go on to learn about another. @end itemize You can use @value{GDBN} to debug programs written in C and C++. For more information, see @ref{Support,,Supported languages}. For more information, see @ref{C,,C and C++}. @c OBSOLETE @cindex Chill @cindex Modula-2 Support for Modula-2 @c OBSOLETE and Chill is partial. For information on Modula-2, see @ref{Modula-2,,Modula-2}. @c OBSOLETE For information on Chill, see @ref{Chill}. @cindex Pascal Debugging Pascal programs which use sets, subranges, file variables, or nested functions does not currently work. @value{GDBN} does not support entering expressions, printing values, or similar features using Pascal syntax. @cindex Fortran @value{GDBN} can be used to debug programs written in Fortran, although it may be necessary to refer to some variables with a trailing underscore. @menu * Free Software:: Freely redistributable software * Contributors:: Contributors to GDB @end menu @node Free Software @unnumberedsec Free software @value{GDBN} is @dfn{free software}, protected by the @sc{gnu} General Public License (GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies. Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms. Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away from anyone else. @unnumberedsec Free Software Needs Free Documentation The biggest deficiency in the free software community today is not in the software---it is the lack of good free documentation that we can include with the free software. Many of our most important programs do not come with free reference manuals and free introductory texts. Documentation is an essential part of any software package; when an important free software package does not come with a free manual and a free tutorial, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today. Consider Perl, for instance. The tutorial manuals that people normally use are non-free. How did this come about? Because the authors of those manuals published them with restrictive terms---no copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude them from the free software world. That wasn't the first time this sort of thing happened, and it was far from the last. Many times we have heard a GNU user eagerly describe a manual that he is writing, his intended contribution to the community, only to learn that he had ruined everything by signing a publication contract to make it non-free. Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not price. The problem with the non-free manual is not that publishers charge a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. (The Free Software Foundation sells printed copies of manuals, too.) The problem is the restrictions on the use of the manual. Free manuals are available in source code form, and give you permission to copy and modify. Non-free manuals do not allow this. The criteria of freedom for a free manual are roughly the same as for free software. Redistribution (including the normal kinds of commercial redistribution) must be permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program, both on-line and on paper. Permission for modification of the technical content is crucial too. When people modify the software, adding or changing features, if they are conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide accurate and clear documentation for the modified program. A manual that leaves you no choice but to write a new manual to document a changed version of the program is not really available to our community. Some kinds of limits on the way modification is handled are acceptable. For example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that they were modified. Even entire sections that may not be deleted or changed are acceptable, as long as they deal with nontechnical topics (like this one). These kinds of restrictions are acceptable because they don't obstruct the community's normal use of the manual. However, it must be possible to modify all the @emph{technical} content of the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media, through all the usual channels. Otherwise, the restrictions obstruct the use of the manual, it is not free, and we need another manual to replace it. Please spread the word about this issue. Our community continues to lose manuals to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that free software needs free reference manuals and free tutorials, perhaps the next person who wants to contribute by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that only free manuals contribute to the free software community. If you are writing documentation, please insist on publishing it under the GNU Free Documentation License or another free documentation license. Remember that this decision requires your approval---you don't have to let the publisher decide. Some commercial publishers will use a free license if you insist, but they will not propose the option; it is up to you to raise the issue and say firmly that this is what you want. If the publisher you are dealing with refuses, please try other publishers. If you're not sure whether a proposed license is free, write to @email{licensing@@gnu.org}. You can encourage commercial publishers to sell more free, copylefted manuals and tutorials by buying them, and particularly by buying copies from the publishers that paid for their writing or for major improvements. Meanwhile, try to avoid buying non-free documentation at all. Check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and insist that whoever seeks your business must respect your freedom. Check the history of the book, and try to reward the publishers that have paid or pay the authors to work on it. The Free Software Foundation maintains a list of free documentation published by other publishers, at @url{http://www.fsf.org/doc/other-free-books.html}. @node Contributors @unnumberedsec Contributors to @value{GDBN} Richard Stallman was the original author of @value{GDBN}, and of many other @sc{gnu} programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file @file{ChangeLog} in the @value{GDBN} distribution approximates a blow-by-blow account. Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time. @quotation @emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you or your friends (or enemies, to be evenhanded) have been unfairly omitted from this list, we would like to add your names! @end quotation So that they may not regard their many labors as thankless, we particularly thank those who shepherded @value{GDBN} through major releases: Andrew Cagney (releases 5.3, 5.2, 5.1 and 5.0); Jim Blandy (release 4.18); Jason Molenda (release 4.17); Stan Shebs (release 4.14); Fred Fish (releases 4.16, 4.15, 4.13, 4.12, 4.11, 4.10, and 4.9); Stu Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.8, 4.7, 4.6, 4.5, and 4.4); John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2, 4.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, and 3.3); and Randy Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, and 3.0). Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Peter TerMaat, Chris Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8. Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the @sc{gnu} C@t{++} support in @value{GDBN}, with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner and Daniel Berlin. James Clark wrote the @sc{gnu} C@t{++} demangler. Early work on C@t{++} was by Peter TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0). @value{GDBN} uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V. Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore. David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did the original support for encapsulated COFF. Brent Benson of Harris Computer Systems contributed DWARF2 support. Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support. Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support. Jeff Law contributed HP PA and SOM support. Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed Acorn Risc Machine support. Bob Rusk contributed Harris Nighthawk CX-UX support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support (and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support. Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry support. Marko Mlinar contributed OpenRISC 1000 support. Andreas Schwab contributed M68K @sc{gnu}/Linux support. Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared libraries. Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that @value{GDBN} and GAS agree about several machine instruction sets. Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation, Wind River Systems, AMD, and ARM contributed remote debugging modules for the i960, VxWorks, A29K UDI, and RDI targets, respectively. Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing command-line editing and command history. Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code, the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this manual. Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4. He also enhanced the command-completion support to cover C@t{++} overloaded symbols. Hitachi America, Ltd. sponsored the support for H8/300, H8/500, and Super-H processors. NEC sponsored the support for the v850, Vr4xxx, and Vr5xxx processors. Mitsubishi sponsored the support for D10V, D30V, and M32R/D processors. Toshiba sponsored the support for the TX39 Mips processor. Matsushita sponsored the support for the MN10200 and MN10300 processors. Fujitsu sponsored the support for SPARClite and FR30 processors. Kung Hsu, Jeff Law, and Rick Sladkey added support for hardware watchpoints. Michael Snyder added support for tracepoints. Stu Grossman wrote gdbserver. Jim Kingdon, Peter Schauer, Ian Taylor, and Stu Grossman made nearly innumerable bug fixes and cleanups throughout @value{GDBN}. The following people at the Hewlett-Packard Company contributed support for the PA-RISC 2.0 architecture, HP-UX 10.20, 10.30, and 11.0 (narrow mode), HP's implementation of kernel threads, HP's aC@t{++} compiler, and the terminal user interface: Ben Krepp, Richard Title, John Bishop, Susan Macchia, Kathy Mann, Satish Pai, India Paul, Steve Rehrauer, and Elena Zannoni. Kim Haase provided HP-specific information in this manual. DJ Delorie ported @value{GDBN} to MS-DOS, for the DJGPP project. Robert Hoehne made significant contributions to the DJGPP port. Cygnus Solutions has sponsored @value{GDBN} maintenance and much of its development since 1991. Cygnus engineers who have worked on @value{GDBN} fulltime include Mark Alexander, Jim Blandy, Per Bothner, Kevin Buettner, Edith Epstein, Chris Faylor, Fred Fish, Martin Hunt, Jim Ingham, John Gilmore, Stu Grossman, Kung Hsu, Jim Kingdon, John Metzler, Fernando Nasser, Geoffrey Noer, Dawn Perchik, Rich Pixley, Zdenek Radouch, Keith Seitz, Stan Shebs, David Taylor, and Elena Zannoni. In addition, Dave Brolley, Ian Carmichael, Steve Chamberlain, Nick Clifton, JT Conklin, Stan Cox, DJ Delorie, Ulrich Drepper, Frank Eigler, Doug Evans, Sean Fagan, David Henkel-Wallace, Richard Henderson, Jeff Holcomb, Jeff Law, Jim Lemke, Tom Lord, Bob Manson, Michael Meissner, Jason Merrill, Catherine Moore, Drew Moseley, Ken Raeburn, Gavin Romig-Koch, Rob Savoye, Jamie Smith, Mike Stump, Ian Taylor, Angela Thomas, Michael Tiemann, Tom Tromey, Ron Unrau, Jim Wilson, and David Zuhn have made contributions both large and small. Jim Blandy added support for preprocessor macros, while working for Red Hat. @node Sample Session @chapter A Sample @value{GDBN} Session You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about @value{GDBN}. However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the debugger. This chapter illustrates those commands. @iftex In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input}, to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output. @end iftex @c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where @c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use. One of the preliminary versions of @sc{gnu} @code{m4} (a generic macro processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro definition within another stop working. In the following short @code{m4} session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to @code{} and the close quote string to @code{}, the same procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}: @smallexample $ @b{cd gnu/m4} $ @b{./m4} @b{define(foo,0000)} @b{foo} 0000 @b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))} @b{bar} 0000 @b{changequote(,)} @b{define(baz,defn(foo))} @b{baz} @b{C-d} m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string @end smallexample @noindent Let us use @value{GDBN} to try to see what is going on. @smallexample $ @b{@value{GDBP} m4} @c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook @c FIXME... format to come out better. @value{GDBN} is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see the conditions. There is absolutely no warranty for @value{GDBN}; type "show warranty" for details. @value{GDBN} @value{GDBVN}, Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc... (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample @noindent @value{GDBN} reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We now tell @value{GDBN} to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples fit in this manual. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{set width 70} @end smallexample @noindent We need to see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works. Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is @code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with the @value{GDBN} @code{break} command. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{break m4_changequote} Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879. @end smallexample @noindent Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under @value{GDBN} control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote} subroutine, the program runs as usual: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{run} Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4 @b{define(foo,0000)} @b{foo} 0000 @end smallexample @noindent To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. @value{GDBN} suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the context where it stops. @smallexample @b{changequote(,)} Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) at builtin.c:879 879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3)) @end smallexample @noindent Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to the next line of the current function. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} 882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\ : nil, @end smallexample @noindent @code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}. @code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any} subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "") at input.c:530 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) @end smallexample @noindent The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace} command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a stack frame for each active subroutine. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{bt} #0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "", rq=0x34c88 "") at input.c:530 #1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70) at builtin.c:882 #2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242 #3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30) at macro.c:71 #4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40 #5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195 @end smallexample @noindent We step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} 0x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote) (@value{GDBP}) @b{s} 0x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \ def_lquote : xstrdup(lq); (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} 536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\ : xstrdup(rq); (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} 538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote); @end smallexample @noindent The last line displayed looks a little odd; we can examine the variables @code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left and right quotes we specified. We use the command @code{p} (@code{print}) to see their values. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{p lquote} $1 = 0x35d40 "" (@value{GDBP}) @b{p rquote} $2 = 0x35d50 "" @end smallexample @noindent @code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes. To look at some context, we can display ten lines of source surrounding the current line with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{l} 533 xfree(rquote); 534 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\ : xstrdup (lq); 536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\ : xstrdup (rq); 537 538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote); 539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote); 540 @} 541 542 void @end smallexample @noindent Let us step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and @code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} 539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote); (@value{GDBP}) @b{n} 540 @} (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote} $3 = 9 (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote} $4 = 7 @end smallexample @noindent That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and @code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and @code{rquote} respectively. We can set them to better values using the @code{p} command, since it can print the value of any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and assignments. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)} $5 = 7 (@value{GDBP}) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)} $6 = 9 @end smallexample @noindent Is that enough to fix the problem of using the new quotes with the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn}? We can allow @code{m4} to continue executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the example that caused trouble initially: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{c} Continuing. @b{define(baz,defn(foo))} baz 0000 @end smallexample @noindent Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong lengths. We allow @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input: @smallexample @b{C-d} Program exited normally. @end smallexample @noindent The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from @value{GDBN}; it indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our @value{GDBN} session with the @value{GDBN} @code{quit} command. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{quit} @end smallexample @node Invocation @chapter Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN} This chapter discusses how to start @value{GDBN}, and how to get out of it. The essentials are: @itemize @bullet @item type @samp{@value{GDBP}} to start @value{GDBN}. @item type @kbd{quit} or @kbd{C-d} to exit. @end itemize @menu * Invoking GDB:: How to start @value{GDBN} * Quitting GDB:: How to quit @value{GDBN} * Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside @value{GDBN} @end menu @node Invoking GDB @section Invoking @value{GDBN} Invoke @value{GDBN} by running the program @code{@value{GDBP}}. Once started, @value{GDBN} reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit. You can also run @code{@value{GDBP}} with a variety of arguments and options, to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset. The command-line options described here are designed to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these options may effectively be unavailable. The most usual way to start @value{GDBN} is with one argument, specifying an executable program: @smallexample @value{GDBP} @var{program} @end smallexample @noindent You can also start with both an executable program and a core file specified: @smallexample @value{GDBP} @var{program} @var{core} @end smallexample You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want to debug a running process: @smallexample @value{GDBP} @var{program} 1234 @end smallexample @noindent would attach @value{GDBN} to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file named @file{1234}; @value{GDBN} does check for a core file first). Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly complete operating system; when you use @value{GDBN} as a remote debugger attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'', and there is often no way to get a core dump. @value{GDBN} will warn you if it is unable to attach or to read core dumps. You can optionally have @code{@value{GDBP}} pass any arguments after the executable file to the inferior using @code{--args}. This option stops option processing. @smallexample gdb --args gcc -O2 -c foo.c @end smallexample This will cause @code{@value{GDBP}} to debug @code{gcc}, and to set @code{gcc}'s command-line arguments (@pxref{Arguments}) to @samp{-O2 -c foo.c}. You can run @code{@value{GDBP}} without printing the front material, which describes @value{GDBN}'s non-warranty, by specifying @code{-silent}: @smallexample @value{GDBP} -silent @end smallexample @noindent You can further control how @value{GDBN} starts up by using command-line options. @value{GDBN} itself can remind you of the options available. @noindent Type @smallexample @value{GDBP} -help @end smallexample @noindent to display all available options and briefly describe their use (@samp{@value{GDBP} -h} is a shorter equivalent). All options and command line arguments you give are processed in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the @samp{-x} option is used. @menu * File Options:: Choosing files * Mode Options:: Choosing modes @end menu @node File Options @subsection Choosing files When @value{GDBN} starts, it reads any arguments other than options as specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and @samp{-c} (or @samp{-p} options respectively. (@value{GDBN} reads the first argument that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the @samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to the @samp{-c}/@samp{-p} option followed by that argument.) If the second argument begins with a decimal digit, @value{GDBN} will first attempt to attach to it as a process, and if that fails, attempt to open it as a corefile. If you have a corefile whose name begins with a digit, you can prevent @value{GDBN} from treating it as a pid by prefixing it with @file{./}, eg. @file{./12345}. If @value{GDBN} has not been configured to included core file support, such as for most embedded targets, then it will complain about a second argument and ignore it. Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the following list. @value{GDBN} also recognizes the long forms if you truncate them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous. (If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.) @c NOTE: the @cindex entries here use double dashes ON PURPOSE. This @c way, both those who look for -foo and --foo in the index, will find @c it. @table @code @item -symbols @var{file} @itemx -s @var{file} @cindex @code{--symbols} @cindex @code{-s} Read symbol table from file @var{file}. @item -exec @var{file} @itemx -e @var{file} @cindex @code{--exec} @cindex @code{-e} Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core dump. @item -se @var{file} @cindex @code{--se} Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable file. @item -core @var{file} @itemx -c @var{file} @cindex @code{--core} @cindex @code{-c} Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine. @item -c @var{number} @item -pid @var{number} @itemx -p @var{number} @cindex @code{--pid} @cindex @code{-p} Connect to process ID @var{number}, as with the @code{attach} command. If there is no such process, @value{GDBN} will attempt to open a core file named @var{number}. @item -command @var{file} @itemx -x @var{file} @cindex @code{--command} @cindex @code{-x} Execute @value{GDBN} commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files,, Command files}. @item -directory @var{directory} @itemx -d @var{directory} @cindex @code{--directory} @cindex @code{-d} Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files. @item -m @itemx -mapped @cindex @code{--mapped} @cindex @code{-m} @emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not supported on all systems.}@* If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap} system call, you can use this option to have @value{GDBN} write the symbols from your program into a reusable file in the current directory. If the program you are debugging is called @file{/tmp/fred}, the mapped symbol file is @file{/tmp/fred.syms}. Future @value{GDBN} debugging sessions notice the presence of this file, and can quickly map in symbol information from it, rather than reading the symbol table from the executable program. The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine where @value{GDBN} is run. It holds an exact image of the internal @value{GDBN} symbol table. It cannot be shared across multiple host platforms. @item -r @itemx -readnow @cindex @code{--readnow} @cindex @code{-r} Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed. This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster. @end table You typically combine the @code{-mapped} and @code{-readnow} options in order to build a @file{.syms} file that contains complete symbol information. (@xref{Files,,Commands to specify files}, for information on @file{.syms} files.) A simple @value{GDBN} invocation to do nothing but build a @file{.syms} file for future use is: @smallexample gdb -batch -nx -mapped -readnow programname @end smallexample @node Mode Options @subsection Choosing modes You can run @value{GDBN} in various alternative modes---for example, in batch mode or quiet mode. @table @code @item -nx @itemx -n @cindex @code{--nx} @cindex @code{-n} Do not execute commands found in any initialization files. Normally, @value{GDBN} executes the commands in these files after all the command options and arguments have been processed. @xref{Command Files,,Command files}. @item -quiet @itemx -silent @itemx -q @cindex @code{--quiet} @cindex @code{--silent} @cindex @code{-q} ``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These messages are also suppressed in batch mode. @item -batch @cindex @code{--batch} Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command files specified with @samp{-x} (and all commands from initialization files, if not inhibited with @samp{-n}). Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the @value{GDBN} commands in the command files. Batch mode may be useful for running @value{GDBN} as a filter, for example to download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this more useful, the message @smallexample Program exited normally. @end smallexample @noindent (which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under @value{GDBN} control terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode. @item -nowindows @itemx -nw @cindex @code{--nowindows} @cindex @code{-nw} ``No windows''. If @value{GDBN} comes with a graphical user interface (GUI) built in, then this option tells @value{GDBN} to only use the command-line interface. If no GUI is available, this option has no effect. @item -windows @itemx -w @cindex @code{--windows} @cindex @code{-w} If @value{GDBN} includes a GUI, then this option requires it to be used if possible. @item -cd @var{directory} @cindex @code{--cd} Run @value{GDBN} using @var{directory} as its working directory, instead of the current directory. @item -fullname @itemx -f @cindex @code{--fullname} @cindex @code{-f} @sc{gnu} Emacs sets this option when it runs @value{GDBN} as a subprocess. It tells @value{GDBN} to output the full file name and line number in a standard, recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The Emacs-to-@value{GDBN} interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as a signal to display the source code for the frame. @item -epoch @cindex @code{--epoch} The Epoch Emacs-@value{GDBN} interface sets this option when it runs @value{GDBN} as a subprocess. It tells @value{GDBN} to modify its print routines so as to allow Epoch to display values of expressions in a separate window. @item -annotate @var{level} @cindex @code{--annotate} This option sets the @dfn{annotation level} inside @value{GDBN}. Its effect is identical to using @samp{set annotate @var{level}} (@pxref{Annotations}). Annotation level controls how much information does @value{GDBN} print together with its prompt, values of expressions, source lines, and other types of output. Level 0 is the normal, level 1 is for use when @value{GDBN} is run as a subprocess of @sc{gnu} Emacs, level 2 is the maximum annotation suitable for programs that control @value{GDBN}. @item -async @cindex @code{--async} Use the asynchronous event loop for the command-line interface. @value{GDBN} processes all events, such as user keyboard input, via a special event loop. This allows @value{GDBN} to accept and process user commands in parallel with the debugged process being run@footnote{@value{GDBN} built with @sc{djgpp} tools for MS-DOS/MS-Windows supports this mode of operation, but the event loop is suspended when the debuggee runs.}, so you don't need to wait for control to return to @value{GDBN} before you type the next command. (@emph{Note:} as of version 5.1, the target side of the asynchronous operation is not yet in place, so @samp{-async} does not work fully yet.) @c FIXME: when the target side of the event loop is done, the above NOTE @c should be removed. When the standard input is connected to a terminal device, @value{GDBN} uses the asynchronous event loop by default, unless disabled by the @samp{-noasync} option. @item -noasync @cindex @code{--noasync} Disable the asynchronous event loop for the command-line interface. @item --args @cindex @code{--args} Change interpretation of command line so that arguments following the executable file are passed as command line arguments to the inferior. This option stops option processing. @item -baud @var{bps} @itemx -b @var{bps} @cindex @code{--baud} @cindex @code{-b} Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial interface used by @value{GDBN} for remote debugging. @item -tty @var{device} @itemx -t @var{device} @cindex @code{--tty} @cindex @code{-t} Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output. @c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate. @c resolve the situation of these eventually @item -tui @cindex @code{--tui} Activate the Terminal User Interface when starting. The Terminal User Interface manages several text windows on the terminal, showing source, assembly, registers and @value{GDBN} command outputs (@pxref{TUI, ,@value{GDBN} Text User Interface}). Do not use this option if you run @value{GDBN} from Emacs (@pxref{Emacs, ,Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}). @c @item -xdb @c @cindex @code{--xdb} @c Run in XDB compatibility mode, allowing the use of certain XDB commands. @c For information, see the file @file{xdb_trans.html}, which is usually @c installed in the directory @code{/opt/langtools/wdb/doc} on HP-UX @c systems. @item -interpreter @var{interp} @cindex @code{--interpreter} Use the interpreter @var{interp} for interface with the controlling program or device. This option is meant to be set by programs which communicate with @value{GDBN} using it as a back end. @samp{--interpreter=mi} (or @samp{--interpreter=mi2}) causes @value{GDBN} to use the current @dfn{@sc{gdb/mi} interface} (@pxref{GDB/MI, , The @sc{gdb/mi} Interface}). The previous @sc{gdb/mi} interface, included in @value{GDBN} version 5.3, can be selected with @samp{--interpreter=mi1}. Earlier @sc{gdb/mi} interfaces are not supported. @item -write @cindex @code{--write} Open the executable and core files for both reading and writing. This is equivalent to the @samp{set write on} command inside @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Patching}). @item -statistics @cindex @code{--statistics} This option causes @value{GDBN} to print statistics about time and memory usage after it completes each command and returns to the prompt. @item -version @cindex @code{--version} This option causes @value{GDBN} to print its version number and no-warranty blurb, and exit. @end table @node Quitting GDB @section Quitting @value{GDBN} @cindex exiting @value{GDBN} @cindex leaving @value{GDBN} @table @code @kindex quit @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]} @kindex q @r{(@code{quit})} @item quit @r{[}@var{expression}@r{]} @itemx q To exit @value{GDBN}, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}). If you do not supply @var{expression}, @value{GDBN} will terminate normally; otherwise it will terminate using the result of @var{expression} as the error code. @end table @cindex interrupt An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) does not exit from @value{GDBN}, but rather terminates the action of any @value{GDBN} command that is in progress and returns to @value{GDBN} command level. It is safe to type the interrupt character at any time because @value{GDBN} does not allow it to take effect until a time when it is safe. If you have been using @value{GDBN} to control an attached process or device, you can release it with the @code{detach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an already-running process}). @node Shell Commands @section Shell commands If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend @value{GDBN}; you can just use the @code{shell} command. @table @code @kindex shell @cindex shell escape @item shell @var{command string} Invoke a standard shell to execute @var{command string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} determines which shell to run. Otherwise @value{GDBN} uses the default shell (@file{/bin/sh} on Unix systems, @file{COMMAND.COM} on MS-DOS, etc.). @end table The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments. You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in @value{GDBN}: @table @code @kindex make @cindex calling make @item make @var{make-args} Execute the @code{make} program with the specified arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}. @end table @node Commands @chapter @value{GDBN} Commands You can abbreviate a @value{GDBN} command to the first few letters of the command name, if that abbreviation is unambiguous; and you can repeat certain @value{GDBN} commands by typing just @key{RET}. You can also use the @key{TAB} key to get @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest of a word in a command (or to show you the alternatives available, if there is more than one possibility). @menu * Command Syntax:: How to give commands to @value{GDBN} * Completion:: Command completion * Help:: How to ask @value{GDBN} for help @end menu @node Command Syntax @section Command syntax A @value{GDBN} command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command @code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step, as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with no arguments. Some commands do not allow any arguments. @cindex abbreviation @value{GDBN} command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as arguments to the @code{help} command. @cindex repeating commands @kindex RET @r{(repeat last command)} A blank line as input to @value{GDBN} (typing just @key{RET}) means to repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run}) will not repeat this way; these are commands whose unintentional repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to repeat. The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with @key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory. @value{GDBN} can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more} (@pxref{Screen Size,,Screen size}). Since it is easy to press one @key{RET} too many in this situation, @value{GDBN} disables command repetition after any command that generates this sort of display. @kindex # @r{(a comment)} @cindex comment Any text from a @kbd{#} to the end of the line is a comment; it does nothing. This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command Files,,Command files}). @cindex repeating command sequences @kindex C-o @r{(operate-and-get-next)} The @kbd{C-o} binding is useful for repeating a complex sequence of commands. This command accepts the current line, like @kbd{RET}, and then fetches the next line relative to the current line from the history for editing. @node Completion @section Command completion @cindex completion @cindex word completion @value{GDBN} can fill in the rest of a word in a command for you, if there is only one possibility; it can also show you what the valid possibilities are for the next word in a command, at any time. This works for @value{GDBN} commands, @value{GDBN} subcommands, and the names of symbols in your program. Press the @key{TAB} key whenever you want @value{GDBN} to fill out the rest of a word. If there is only one possibility, @value{GDBN} fills in the word, and waits for you to finish the command (or press @key{RET} to enter it). For example, if you type @c FIXME "@key" does not distinguish its argument sufficiently to permit @c complete accuracy in these examples; space introduced for clarity. @c If texinfo enhancements make it unnecessary, it would be nice to @c replace " @key" by "@key" in the following... @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info bre @key{TAB} @end smallexample @noindent @value{GDBN} fills in the rest of the word @samp{breakpoints}, since that is the only @code{info} subcommand beginning with @samp{bre}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info breakpoints @end smallexample @noindent You can either press @key{RET} at this point, to run the @code{info breakpoints} command, or backspace and enter something else, if @samp{breakpoints} does not look like the command you expected. (If you were sure you wanted @code{info breakpoints} in the first place, you might as well just type @key{RET} immediately after @samp{info bre}, to exploit command abbreviations rather than command completion). If there is more than one possibility for the next word when you press @key{TAB}, @value{GDBN} sounds a bell. You can either supply more characters and try again, or just press @key{TAB} a second time; @value{GDBN} displays all the possible completions for that word. For example, you might want to set a breakpoint on a subroutine whose name begins with @samp{make_}, but when you type @kbd{b make_@key{TAB}} @value{GDBN} just sounds the bell. Typing @key{TAB} again displays all the function names in your program that begin with those characters, for example: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) b make_ @key{TAB} @exdent @value{GDBN} sounds bell; press @key{TAB} again, to see: make_a_section_from_file make_environ make_abs_section make_function_type make_blockvector make_pointer_type make_cleanup make_reference_type make_command make_symbol_completion_list (@value{GDBP}) b make_ @end smallexample @noindent After displaying the available possibilities, @value{GDBN} copies your partial input (@samp{b make_} in the example) so you can finish the command. If you just want to see the list of alternatives in the first place, you can press @kbd{M-?} rather than pressing @key{TAB} twice. @kbd{M-?} means @kbd{@key{META} ?}. You can type this either by holding down a key designated as the @key{META} shift on your keyboard (if there is one) while typing @kbd{?}, or as @key{ESC} followed by @kbd{?}. @cindex quotes in commands @cindex completion of quoted strings Sometimes the string you need, while logically a ``word'', may contain parentheses or other characters that @value{GDBN} normally excludes from its notion of a word. To permit word completion to work in this situation, you may enclose words in @code{'} (single quote marks) in @value{GDBN} commands. The most likely situation where you might need this is in typing the name of a C@t{++} function. This is because C@t{++} allows function overloading (multiple definitions of the same function, distinguished by argument type). For example, when you want to set a breakpoint you may need to distinguish whether you mean the version of @code{name} that takes an @code{int} parameter, @code{name(int)}, or the version that takes a @code{float} parameter, @code{name(float)}. To use the word-completion facilities in this situation, type a single quote @code{'} at the beginning of the function name. This alerts @value{GDBN} that it may need to consider more information than usual when you press @key{TAB} or @kbd{M-?} to request word completion: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( @kbd{M-?} bubble(double,double) bubble(int,int) (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( @end smallexample In some cases, @value{GDBN} can tell that completing a name requires using quotes. When this happens, @value{GDBN} inserts the quote for you (while completing as much as it can) if you do not type the quote in the first place: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) b bub @key{TAB} @exdent @value{GDBN} alters your input line to the following, and rings a bell: (@value{GDBP}) b 'bubble( @end smallexample @noindent In general, @value{GDBN} can tell that a quote is needed (and inserts it) if you have not yet started typing the argument list when you ask for completion on an overloaded symbol. For more information about overloaded functions, see @ref{C plus plus expressions, ,C@t{++} expressions}. You can use the command @code{set overload-resolution off} to disable overload resolution; see @ref{Debugging C plus plus, ,@value{GDBN} features for C@t{++}}. @node Help @section Getting help @cindex online documentation @kindex help You can always ask @value{GDBN} itself for information on its commands, using the command @code{help}. @table @code @kindex h @r{(@code{help})} @item help @itemx h You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to display a short list of named classes of commands: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) help List of classes of commands: aliases -- Aliases of other commands breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points data -- Examining data files -- Specifying and examining files internals -- Maintenance commands obscure -- Obscure features running -- Running the program stack -- Examining the stack status -- Status inquiries support -- Support facilities tracepoints -- Tracing of program execution without@* stopping the program user-defined -- User-defined commands Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of commands in that class. Type "help" followed by command name for full documentation. Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous. (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample @c the above line break eliminates huge line overfull... @item help @var{class} Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the help display for the class @code{status}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) help status Status inquiries. List of commands: @c Line break in "show" line falsifies real output, but needed @c to fit in smallbook page size. info -- Generic command for showing things about the program being debugged show -- Generic command for showing things about the debugger Type "help" followed by command name for full documentation. Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous. (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample @item help @var{command} With a command name as @code{help} argument, @value{GDBN} displays a short paragraph on how to use that command. @kindex apropos @item apropos @var{args} The @code{apropos @var{args}} command searches through all of the @value{GDBN} commands, and their documentation, for the regular expression specified in @var{args}. It prints out all matches found. For example: @smallexample apropos reload @end smallexample @noindent results in: @smallexample @c @group set symbol-reloading -- Set dynamic symbol table reloading multiple times in one run show symbol-reloading -- Show dynamic symbol table reloading multiple times in one run @c @end group @end smallexample @kindex complete @item complete @var{args} The @code{complete @var{args}} command lists all the possible completions for the beginning of a command. Use @var{args} to specify the beginning of the command you want completed. For example: @smallexample complete i @end smallexample @noindent results in: @smallexample @group if ignore info inspect @end group @end smallexample @noindent This is intended for use by @sc{gnu} Emacs. @end table In addition to @code{help}, you can use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{info} and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state of @value{GDBN} itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}. @c @group @table @code @kindex info @kindex i @r{(@code{info})} @item info This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your program. For example, you can list the arguments given to your program with @code{info args}, list the registers currently in use with @code{info registers}, or list the breakpoints you have set with @code{info breakpoints}. You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with @w{@code{help info}}. @kindex set @item set You can assign the result of an expression to an environment variable with @code{set}. For example, you can set the @value{GDBN} prompt to a $-sign with @code{set prompt $}. @kindex show @item show In contrast to @code{info}, @code{show} is for describing the state of @value{GDBN} itself. You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire which is currently in use with @code{show radix}. @kindex info set To display all the settable parameters and their current values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use @code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display. @c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of @c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else, @c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"? @end table @c @end group Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands: @table @code @kindex show version @cindex version number @item show version Show what version of @value{GDBN} is running. You should include this information in @value{GDBN} bug-reports. If multiple versions of @value{GDBN} are in use at your site, you may need to determine which version of @value{GDBN} you are running; as @value{GDBN} evolves, new commands are introduced, and old ones may wither away. Also, many system vendors ship variant versions of @value{GDBN}, and there are variant versions of @value{GDBN} in @sc{gnu}/Linux distributions as well. The version number is the same as the one announced when you start @value{GDBN}. @kindex show copying @item show copying Display information about permission for copying @value{GDBN}. @kindex show warranty @item show warranty Display the @sc{gnu} ``NO WARRANTY'' statement, or a warranty, if your version of @value{GDBN} comes with one. @end table @node Running @chapter Running Programs Under @value{GDBN} When you run a program under @value{GDBN}, you must first generate debugging information when you compile it. You may start @value{GDBN} with its arguments, if any, in an environment of your choice. If you are doing native debugging, you may redirect your program's input and output, debug an already running process, or kill a child process. @menu * Compilation:: Compiling for debugging * Starting:: Starting your program * Arguments:: Your program's arguments * Environment:: Your program's environment * Working Directory:: Your program's working directory * Input/Output:: Your program's input and output * Attach:: Debugging an already-running process * Kill Process:: Killing the child process * Threads:: Debugging programs with multiple threads * Processes:: Debugging programs with multiple processes @end menu @node Compilation @section Compiling for debugging In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers and addresses in the executable code. To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run the compiler. Most compilers do not include information about preprocessor macros in the debugging information if you specify the @option{-g} flag alone, because this information is rather large. Version 3.1 of @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C compiler, provides macro information if you specify the options @option{-gdwarf-2} and @option{-g3}; the former option requests debugging information in the Dwarf 2 format, and the latter requests ``extra information''. In the future, we hope to find more compact ways to represent macro information, so that it can be included with @option{-g} alone. Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O} options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized executables containing debugging information. @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without @samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program. You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing your luck. @cindex optimized code, debugging @cindex debugging optimized code When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger shows you what is really there. Do not be too surprised when the execution path does not exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a variable, but never use it, @value{GDBN} never sees that variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence. Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just @samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem, please report it to us as a bug (including a test case!). Older versions of the @sc{gnu} C compiler permitted a variant option @w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. @value{GDBN} no longer supports this format; if your @sc{gnu} C compiler has this option, do not use it. @need 2000 @node Starting @section Starting your program @cindex starting @cindex running @table @code @kindex run @kindex r @r{(@code{run})} @item run @itemx r Use the @code{run} command to start your program under @value{GDBN}. You must first specify the program name (except on VxWorks) with an argument to @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN}}), or by using the @code{file} or @code{exec-file} command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). @end table If you are running your program in an execution environment that supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes that process run your program. (In environments without processes, @code{run} jumps to the start of your program.) The execution of a program is affected by certain information it receives from its superior. @value{GDBN} provides ways to specify this information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You can change it after starting your program, but such changes only affect your program the next time you start it.) This information may be divided into four categories: @table @asis @item The @emph{arguments.} Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the @code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions (such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments, ,Your program's arguments}. @item The @emph{environment.} Your program normally inherits its environment from @value{GDBN}, but you can use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset environment} to change parts of the environment that affect your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your program's environment}. @item The @emph{working directory.} Your program inherits its working directory from @value{GDBN}. You can set the @value{GDBN} working directory with the @code{cd} command in @value{GDBN}. @xref{Working Directory, ,Your program's working directory}. @item The @emph{standard input and output.} Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and standard output as @value{GDBN} is using. You can redirect input and output in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to set a different device for your program. @xref{Input/Output, ,Your program's input and output}. @cindex pipes @emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another program; if you attempt this, @value{GDBN} is likely to wind up debugging the wrong program. @end table When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and continuing}, for discussion of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your program has stopped, you may call functions in your program, using the @code{print} or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data, ,Examining Data}. If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the last time @value{GDBN} read its symbols, @value{GDBN} discards its symbol table, and reads it again. When it does this, @value{GDBN} tries to retain your current breakpoints. @node Arguments @section Your program's arguments @cindex arguments (to your program) The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the @code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program. Your @code{SHELL} environment variable (if it exists) specifies what shell @value{GDBN} uses. If you do not define @code{SHELL}, @value{GDBN} uses the default shell (@file{/bin/sh} on Unix). On non-Unix systems, the program is usually invoked directly by @value{GDBN}, which emulates I/O redirection via the appropriate system calls, and the wildcard characters are expanded by the startup code of the program, not by the shell. @code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous @code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command. @table @code @kindex set args @item set args Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If @code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} executes your program with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments, using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run it again without arguments. @kindex show args @item show args Show the arguments to give your program when it is started. @end table @node Environment @section Your program's environment @cindex environment (of your program) The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified environment without having to start @value{GDBN} over again. @table @code @kindex path @item path @var{directory} Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable (the search path for executables) that will be passed to your program. The value of @code{PATH} used by @value{GDBN} does not change. You may specify several directory names, separated by whitespace or by a system-dependent separator character (@samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on MS-DOS and MS-Windows). If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to the front, so it is searched sooner. You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current working directory at the time @value{GDBN} searches the path. If you use @samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the @code{path} command. @value{GDBN} replaces @samp{.} in the @var{directory} argument (with the current path) before adding @var{directory} to the search path. @c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to @c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op. @kindex show paths @item show paths Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH} environment variable). @kindex show environment @item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]} Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname}, print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}. @kindex set environment @item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@var{value}@r{]} Set environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value changes for your program only, not for @value{GDBN} itself. @var{value} may be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value} parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a null value. @c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing @c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care? For example, this command: @smallexample set env USER = foo @end smallexample @noindent tells the debugged program, when subsequently run, that its user is named @samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they are not actually required.) @kindex unset environment @item unset environment @var{varname} Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =}; @code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment, rather than assigning it an empty value. @end table @emph{Warning:} On Unix systems, @value{GDBN} runs your program using the shell indicated by your @code{SHELL} environment variable if it exists (or @code{/bin/sh} if not). If your @code{SHELL} variable names a shell that runs an initialization file---such as @file{.cshrc} for C-shell, or @file{.bashrc} for BASH---any variables you set in that file affect your program. You may wish to move setting of environment variables to files that are only run when you sign on, such as @file{.login} or @file{.profile}. @node Working Directory @section Your program's working directory @cindex working directory (of your program) Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its working directory from the current working directory of @value{GDBN}. The @value{GDBN} working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working directory in @value{GDBN} with the @code{cd} command. The @value{GDBN} working directory also serves as a default for the commands that specify files for @value{GDBN} to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}. @table @code @kindex cd @item cd @var{directory} Set the @value{GDBN} working directory to @var{directory}. @kindex pwd @item pwd Print the @value{GDBN} working directory. @end table @node Input/Output @section Your program's input and output @cindex redirection @cindex i/o @cindex terminal By default, the program you run under @value{GDBN} does input and output to the same terminal that @value{GDBN} uses. @value{GDBN} switches the terminal to its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue running your program. @table @code @kindex info terminal @item info terminal Displays information recorded by @value{GDBN} about the terminal modes your program is using. @end table You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell redirection with the @code{run} command. For example, @smallexample run > outfile @end smallexample @noindent starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}. @kindex tty @cindex controlling terminal Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run} commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child process, for future @code{run} commands. For example, @smallexample tty /dev/ttyb @end smallexample @noindent directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have that as their controlling terminal. An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling terminal. When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run} command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input for @value{GDBN} still comes from your terminal. @node Attach @section Debugging an already-running process @kindex attach @cindex attach @table @code @item attach @var{process-id} This command attaches to a running process---one that was started outside @value{GDBN}. (@code{info files} shows your active targets.) The command takes as argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l} shell command. @code{attach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after executing the command. @end table To use @code{attach}, your program must be running in an environment which supports processes; for example, @code{attach} does not work for programs on bare-board targets that lack an operating system. You must also have permission to send the process a signal. When you use @code{attach}, the debugger finds the program running in the process first by looking in the current working directory, then (if the program is not found) by using the source file search path (@pxref{Source Path, ,Specifying source directories}). You can also use the @code{file} command to load the program. @xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}. The first thing @value{GDBN} does after arranging to debug the specified process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process with all the @value{GDBN} commands that are ordinarily available when you start processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after attaching @value{GDBN} to the process. @table @code @kindex detach @item detach When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the @code{detach} command to release it from @value{GDBN} control. Detaching the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command, that process and @value{GDBN} become completely independent once more, and you are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}. @code{detach} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after executing the command. @end table If you exit @value{GDBN} or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached process, you kill that process. By default, @value{GDBN} asks for confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and messages}). @node Kill Process @section Killing the child process @table @code @kindex kill @item kill Kill the child process in which your program is running under @value{GDBN}. @end table This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a running process. @value{GDBN} ignores any core dump file while your program is running. On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside @value{GDBN} while you have breakpoints set on it inside @value{GDBN}. You can use the @code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program outside the debugger. The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you next type @code{run}, @value{GDBN} notices that the file has changed, and reads the symbol table again (while trying to preserve your current breakpoint settings). @node Threads @section Debugging programs with multiple threads @cindex threads of execution @cindex multiple threads @cindex switching threads In some operating systems, such as HP-UX and Solaris, a single program may have more than one @dfn{thread} of execution. The precise semantics of threads differ from one operating system to another, but in general the threads of a single program are akin to multiple processes---except that they share one address space (that is, they can all examine and modify the same variables). On the other hand, each thread has its own registers and execution stack, and perhaps private memory. @value{GDBN} provides these facilities for debugging multi-thread programs: @itemize @bullet @item automatic notification of new threads @item @samp{thread @var{threadno}}, a command to switch among threads @item @samp{info threads}, a command to inquire about existing threads @item @samp{thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{args}}, a command to apply a command to a list of threads @item thread-specific breakpoints @end itemize @quotation @emph{Warning:} These facilities are not yet available on every @value{GDBN} configuration where the operating system supports threads. If your @value{GDBN} does not support threads, these commands have no effect. For example, a system without thread support shows no output from @samp{info threads}, and always rejects the @code{thread} command, like this: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info threads (@value{GDBP}) thread 1 Thread ID 1 not known. Use the "info threads" command to see the IDs of currently known threads. @end smallexample @c FIXME to implementors: how hard would it be to say "sorry, this GDB @c doesn't support threads"? @end quotation @cindex focus of debugging @cindex current thread The @value{GDBN} thread debugging facility allows you to observe all threads while your program runs---but whenever @value{GDBN} takes control, one thread in particular is always the focus of debugging. This thread is called the @dfn{current thread}. Debugging commands show program information from the perspective of the current thread. @cindex @code{New} @var{systag} message @cindex thread identifier (system) @c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message @c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that @c thread without first checking `info threads'. Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}. @var{systag} is a thread identifier whose form varies depending on the particular system. For example, on LynxOS, you might see @smallexample [New process 35 thread 27] @end smallexample @noindent when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread. In contrast, on an SGI system, the @var{systag} is simply something like @samp{process 368}, with no further qualifier. @c FIXME!! (1) Does the [New...] message appear even for the very first @c thread of a program, or does it only appear for the @c second---i.e.@: when it becomes obvious we have a multithread @c program? @c (2) *Is* there necessarily a first thread always? Or do some @c multithread systems permit starting a program with multiple @c threads ab initio? @cindex thread number @cindex thread identifier (GDB) For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread number---always a single integer---with each thread in your program. @table @code @kindex info threads @item info threads Display a summary of all threads currently in your program. @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order): @enumerate @item the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN} @item the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag}) @item the current stack frame summary for that thread @end enumerate @noindent An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number indicates the current thread. For example, @end table @c end table here to get a little more width for example @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info threads 3 process 35 thread 27 0x34e5 in sigpause () 2 process 35 thread 23 0x34e5 in sigpause () * 1 process 35 thread 13 main (argc=1, argv=0x7ffffff8) at threadtest.c:68 @end smallexample On HP-UX systems: @cindex thread number @cindex thread identifier (GDB) For debugging purposes, @value{GDBN} associates its own thread number---a small integer assigned in thread-creation order---with each thread in your program. @cindex @code{New} @var{systag} message, on HP-UX @cindex thread identifier (system), on HP-UX @c FIXME-implementors!! It would be more helpful if the [New...] message @c included GDB's numeric thread handle, so you could just go to that @c thread without first checking `info threads'. Whenever @value{GDBN} detects a new thread in your program, it displays both @value{GDBN}'s thread number and the target system's identification for the thread with a message in the form @samp{[New @var{systag}]}. @var{systag} is a thread identifier whose form varies depending on the particular system. For example, on HP-UX, you see @smallexample [New thread 2 (system thread 26594)] @end smallexample @noindent when @value{GDBN} notices a new thread. @table @code @kindex info threads @item info threads Display a summary of all threads currently in your program. @value{GDBN} displays for each thread (in this order): @enumerate @item the thread number assigned by @value{GDBN} @item the target system's thread identifier (@var{systag}) @item the current stack frame summary for that thread @end enumerate @noindent An asterisk @samp{*} to the left of the @value{GDBN} thread number indicates the current thread. For example, @end table @c end table here to get a little more width for example @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info threads * 3 system thread 26607 worker (wptr=0x7b09c318 "@@") \@* at quicksort.c:137 2 system thread 26606 0x7b0030d8 in __ksleep () \@* from /usr/lib/libc.2 1 system thread 27905 0x7b003498 in _brk () \@* from /usr/lib/libc.2 @end smallexample @table @code @kindex thread @var{threadno} @item thread @var{threadno} Make thread number @var{threadno} the current thread. The command argument @var{threadno} is the internal @value{GDBN} thread number, as shown in the first field of the @samp{info threads} display. @value{GDBN} responds by displaying the system identifier of the thread you selected, and its current stack frame summary: @smallexample @c FIXME!! This example made up; find a @value{GDBN} w/threads and get real one (@value{GDBP}) thread 2 [Switching to process 35 thread 23] 0x34e5 in sigpause () @end smallexample @noindent As with the @samp{[New @dots{}]} message, the form of the text after @samp{Switching to} depends on your system's conventions for identifying threads. @kindex thread apply @item thread apply [@var{threadno}] [@var{all}] @var{args} The @code{thread apply} command allows you to apply a command to one or more threads. Specify the numbers of the threads that you want affected with the command argument @var{threadno}. @var{threadno} is the internal @value{GDBN} thread number, as shown in the first field of the @samp{info threads} display. To apply a command to all threads, use @code{thread apply all} @var{args}. @end table @cindex automatic thread selection @cindex switching threads automatically @cindex threads, automatic switching Whenever @value{GDBN} stops your program, due to a breakpoint or a signal, it automatically selects the thread where that breakpoint or signal happened. @value{GDBN} alerts you to the context switch with a message of the form @samp{[Switching to @var{systag}]} to identify the thread. @xref{Thread Stops,,Stopping and starting multi-thread programs}, for more information about how @value{GDBN} behaves when you stop and start programs with multiple threads. @xref{Set Watchpoints,,Setting watchpoints}, for information about watchpoints in programs with multiple threads. @node Processes @section Debugging programs with multiple processes @cindex fork, debugging programs which call @cindex multiple processes @cindex processes, multiple On most systems, @value{GDBN} has no special support for debugging programs which create additional processes using the @code{fork} function. When a program forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug the parent process and the child process will run unimpeded. If you have set a breakpoint in any code which the child then executes, the child will get a @code{SIGTRAP} signal which (unless it catches the signal) will cause it to terminate. However, if you want to debug the child process there is a workaround which isn't too painful. Put a call to @code{sleep} in the code which the child process executes after the fork. It may be useful to sleep only if a certain environment variable is set, or a certain file exists, so that the delay need not occur when you don't want to run @value{GDBN} on the child. While the child is sleeping, use the @code{ps} program to get its process ID. Then tell @value{GDBN} (a new invocation of @value{GDBN} if you are also debugging the parent process) to attach to the child process (@pxref{Attach}). From that point on you can debug the child process just like any other process which you attached to. On HP-UX (11.x and later only?), @value{GDBN} provides support for debugging programs that create additional processes using the @code{fork} or @code{vfork} function. By default, when a program forks, @value{GDBN} will continue to debug the parent process and the child process will run unimpeded. If you want to follow the child process instead of the parent process, use the command @w{@code{set follow-fork-mode}}. @table @code @kindex set follow-fork-mode @item set follow-fork-mode @var{mode} Set the debugger response to a program call of @code{fork} or @code{vfork}. A call to @code{fork} or @code{vfork} creates a new process. The @var{mode} can be: @table @code @item parent The original process is debugged after a fork. The child process runs unimpeded. This is the default. @item child The new process is debugged after a fork. The parent process runs unimpeded. @item ask The debugger will ask for one of the above choices. @end table @item show follow-fork-mode Display the current debugger response to a @code{fork} or @code{vfork} call. @end table If you ask to debug a child process and a @code{vfork} is followed by an @code{exec}, @value{GDBN} executes the new target up to the first breakpoint in the new target. If you have a breakpoint set on @code{main} in your original program, the breakpoint will also be set on the child process's @code{main}. When a child process is spawned by @code{vfork}, you cannot debug the child or parent until an @code{exec} call completes. If you issue a @code{run} command to @value{GDBN} after an @code{exec} call executes, the new target restarts. To restart the parent process, use the @code{file} command with the parent executable name as its argument. You can use the @code{catch} command to make @value{GDBN} stop whenever a @code{fork}, @code{vfork}, or @code{exec} call is made. @xref{Set Catchpoints, ,Setting catchpoints}. @node Stopping @chapter Stopping and Continuing The principal purposes of using a debugger are so that you can stop your program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into trouble, you can investigate and find out why. Inside @value{GDBN}, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a @value{GDBN} command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue execution. Usually, the messages shown by @value{GDBN} provide ample explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly request this information at any time. @table @code @kindex info program @item info program Display information about the status of your program: whether it is running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped. @end table @menu * Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints * Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming execution * Signals:: Signals * Thread Stops:: Stopping and starting multi-thread programs @end menu @node Breakpoints @section Breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints @cindex breakpoints A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add conditions to control in finer detail whether your program stops. You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants (@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}), to specify the place where your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address in the program. In HP-UX, SunOS 4.x, SVR4, and Alpha OSF/1 configurations, you can set breakpoints in shared libraries before the executable is run. There is a minor limitation on HP-UX systems: you must wait until the executable is run in order to set breakpoints in shared library routines that are not called directly by the program (for example, routines that are arguments in a @code{pthread_create} call). @cindex watchpoints @cindex memory tracing @cindex breakpoint on memory address @cindex breakpoint on variable modification A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints and watchpoints using the same commands. You can arrange to have values from your program displayed automatically whenever @value{GDBN} stops at a breakpoint. @xref{Auto Display,, Automatic display}. @cindex catchpoints @cindex breakpoint on events A @dfn{catchpoint} is another special breakpoint that stops your program when a certain kind of event occurs, such as the throwing of a C@t{++} exception or the loading of a library. As with watchpoints, you use a different command to set a catchpoint (@pxref{Set Catchpoints, ,Setting catchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a catchpoint like any other breakpoint. (To stop when your program receives a signal, use the @code{handle} command; see @ref{Signals, ,Signals}.) @cindex breakpoint numbers @cindex numbers for breakpoints @value{GDBN} assigns a number to each breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint when you create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change. Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has no effect on your program until you enable it again. @cindex breakpoint ranges @cindex ranges of breakpoints Some @value{GDBN} commands accept a range of breakpoints on which to operate. A breakpoint range is either a single breakpoint number, like @samp{5}, or two such numbers, in increasing order, separated by a hyphen, like @samp{5-7}. When a breakpoint range is given to a command, all breakpoint in that range are operated on. @menu * Set Breaks:: Setting breakpoints * Set Watchpoints:: Setting watchpoints * Set Catchpoints:: Setting catchpoints * Delete Breaks:: Deleting breakpoints * Disabling:: Disabling breakpoints * Conditions:: Break conditions * Break Commands:: Breakpoint command lists * Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint menus * Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints'' @end menu @node Set Breaks @subsection Setting breakpoints @c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt? @c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization. @c @c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init? @kindex break @kindex b @r{(@code{break})} @vindex $bpnum@r{, convenience variable} @cindex latest breakpoint Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated @code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the number of the breakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience Vars,, Convenience variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with convenience variables. You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go. @table @code @item break @var{function} Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C@t{++}, @var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break. @xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint menus}, for a discussion of that situation. @item break +@var{offset} @itemx break -@var{offset} Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position at which execution stopped in the currently selected @dfn{stack frame}. (@xref{Frames, ,Frames}, for a description of stack frames.) @item break @var{linenum} Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file. The current source file is the last file whose source text was printed. The breakpoint will stop your program just before it executes any of the code on that line. @item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum} Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}. @item break @var{filename}:@var{function} Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file @var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named functions. @item break *@var{address} Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging information or source files. @item break When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the innermost, this makes your program stop as soon as control returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a @code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use @code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, @value{GDBN} stops the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful inside loops. @value{GDBN} normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already existed when your program stopped. @item break @dots{} if @var{cond} Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression @var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true. @samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions. @kindex tbreak @item tbreak @var{args} Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling breakpoints}. @kindex hbreak @item hbreak @var{args} Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint. @var{args} are the same as for the @code{break} command and the breakpoint is set in the same way, but the breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may not have this support. The main purpose of this is EPROM/ROM code debugging, so you can set a breakpoint at an instruction without changing the instruction. This can be used with the new trap-generation provided by SPARClite DSU and some x86-based targets. These targets will generate traps when a program accesses some data or instruction address that is assigned to the debug registers. However the hardware breakpoint registers can take a limited number of breakpoints. For example, on the DSU, only two data breakpoints can be set at a time, and @value{GDBN} will reject this command if more than two are used. Delete or disable unused hardware breakpoints before setting new ones (@pxref{Disabling, ,Disabling}). @xref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}. @kindex thbreak @item thbreak @var{args} Set a hardware-assisted breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the same as for the @code{hbreak} command and the breakpoint is set in the same way. However, like the @code{tbreak} command, the breakpoint is automatically deleted after the first time your program stops there. Also, like the @code{hbreak} command, the breakpoint requires hardware support and some target hardware may not have this support. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling breakpoints}. See also @ref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}. @kindex rbreak @cindex regular expression @item rbreak @var{regex} Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression @var{regex}. This command sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. You can delete them, disable them, or make them conditional the same way as any other breakpoint. The syntax of the regular expression is the standard one used with tools like @file{grep}. Note that this is different from the syntax used by shells, so for instance @code{foo*} matches all functions that include an @code{fo} followed by zero or more @code{o}s. There is an implicit @code{.*} leading and trailing the regular expression you supply, so to match only functions that begin with @code{foo}, use @code{^foo}. When debugging C@t{++} programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special classes. @kindex info breakpoints @cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints} @item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} @itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} @itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]} Print a table of all breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints set and not deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint: @table @emph @item Breakpoint Numbers @item Type Breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint. @item Disposition Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit. @item Enabled or Disabled Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints that are not enabled. @item Address Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address. @item What Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and line number. @end table @noindent If a breakpoint is conditional, @code{info break} shows the condition on the line following the affected breakpoint; breakpoint commands, if any, are listed after that. @noindent @code{info break} with a breakpoint number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining memory}). @noindent @code{info break} displays a count of the number of times the breakpoint has been hit. This is especially useful in conjunction with the @code{ignore} command. You can ignore a large number of breakpoint hits, look at the breakpoint info to see how many times the breakpoint was hit, and then run again, ignoring one less than that number. This will get you quickly to the last hit of that breakpoint. @end table @value{GDBN} allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}). @cindex negative breakpoint numbers @cindex internal @value{GDBN} breakpoints @value{GDBN} itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs). These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with @code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them. You can see these breakpoints with the @value{GDBN} maintenance command @samp{maint info breakpoints} (@pxref{maint info breakpoints}). @node Set Watchpoints @subsection Setting watchpoints @cindex setting watchpoints @cindex software watchpoints @cindex hardware watchpoints You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression changes, without having to predict a particular place where this may happen. Depending on your system, watchpoints may be implemented in software or hardware. @value{GDBN} does software watchpointing by single-stepping your program and testing the variable's value each time, which is hundreds of times slower than normal execution. (But this may still be worth it, to catch errors where you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit.) On some systems, such as HP-UX, @sc{gnu}/Linux and some other x86-based targets, @value{GDBN} includes support for hardware watchpoints, which do not slow down the running of your program. @table @code @kindex watch @item watch @var{expr} Set a watchpoint for an expression. @value{GDBN} will break when @var{expr} is written into by the program and its value changes. @kindex rwatch @item rwatch @var{expr} Set a watchpoint that will break when watch @var{expr} is read by the program. @kindex awatch @item awatch @var{expr} Set a watchpoint that will break when @var{expr} is either read or written into by the program. @kindex info watchpoints @item info watchpoints This command prints a list of watchpoints, breakpoints, and catchpoints; it is the same as @code{info break}. @end table @value{GDBN} sets a @dfn{hardware watchpoint} if possible. Hardware watchpoints execute very quickly, and the debugger reports a change in value at the exact instruction where the change occurs. If @value{GDBN} cannot set a hardware watchpoint, it sets a software watchpoint, which executes more slowly and reports the change in value at the next statement, not the instruction, after the change occurs. When you issue the @code{watch} command, @value{GDBN} reports @smallexample Hardware watchpoint @var{num}: @var{expr} @end smallexample @noindent if it was able to set a hardware watchpoint. Currently, the @code{awatch} and @code{rwatch} commands can only set hardware watchpoints, because accesses to data that don't change the value of the watched expression cannot be detected without examining every instruction as it is being executed, and @value{GDBN} does not do that currently. If @value{GDBN} finds that it is unable to set a hardware breakpoint with the @code{awatch} or @code{rwatch} command, it will print a message like this: @smallexample Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint. @end smallexample Sometimes, @value{GDBN} cannot set a hardware watchpoint because the data type of the watched expression is wider than what a hardware watchpoint on the target machine can handle. For example, some systems can only watch regions that are up to 4 bytes wide; on such systems you cannot set hardware watchpoints for an expression that yields a double-precision floating-point number (which is typically 8 bytes wide). As a work-around, it might be possible to break the large region into a series of smaller ones and watch them with separate watchpoints. If you set too many hardware watchpoints, @value{GDBN} might be unable to insert all of them when you resume the execution of your program. Since the precise number of active watchpoints is unknown until such time as the program is about to be resumed, @value{GDBN} might not be able to warn you about this when you set the watchpoints, and the warning will be printed only when the program is resumed: @smallexample Hardware watchpoint @var{num}: Could not insert watchpoint @end smallexample @noindent If this happens, delete or disable some of the watchpoints. The SPARClite DSU will generate traps when a program accesses some data or instruction address that is assigned to the debug registers. For the data addresses, DSU facilitates the @code{watch} command. However the hardware breakpoint registers can only take two data watchpoints, and both watchpoints must be the same kind. For example, you can set two watchpoints with @code{watch} commands, two with @code{rwatch} commands, @strong{or} two with @code{awatch} commands, but you cannot set one watchpoint with one command and the other with a different command. @value{GDBN} will reject the command if you try to mix watchpoints. Delete or disable unused watchpoint commands before setting new ones. If you call a function interactively using @code{print} or @code{call}, any watchpoints you have set will be inactive until @value{GDBN} reaches another kind of breakpoint or the call completes. @value{GDBN} automatically deletes watchpoints that watch local (automatic) variables, or expressions that involve such variables, when they go out of scope, that is, when the execution leaves the block in which these variables were defined. In particular, when the program being debugged terminates, @emph{all} local variables go out of scope, and so only watchpoints that watch global variables remain set. If you rerun the program, you will need to set all such watchpoints again. One way of doing that would be to set a code breakpoint at the entry to the @code{main} function and when it breaks, set all the watchpoints. @quotation @cindex watchpoints and threads @cindex threads and watchpoints @emph{Warning:} In multi-thread programs, watchpoints have only limited usefulness. With the current watchpoint implementation, @value{GDBN} can only watch the value of an expression @emph{in a single thread}. If you are confident that the expression can only change due to the current thread's activity (and if you are also confident that no other thread can become current), then you can use watchpoints as usual. However, @value{GDBN} may not notice when a non-current thread's activity changes the expression. @c FIXME: this is almost identical to the previous paragraph. @emph{HP-UX Warning:} In multi-thread programs, software watchpoints have only limited usefulness. If @value{GDBN} creates a software watchpoint, it can only watch the value of an expression @emph{in a single thread}. If you are confident that the expression can only change due to the current thread's activity (and if you are also confident that no other thread can become current), then you can use software watchpoints as usual. However, @value{GDBN} may not notice when a non-current thread's activity changes the expression. (Hardware watchpoints, in contrast, watch an expression in all threads.) @end quotation @node Set Catchpoints @subsection Setting catchpoints @cindex catchpoints, setting @cindex exception handlers @cindex event handling You can use @dfn{catchpoints} to cause the debugger to stop for certain kinds of program events, such as C@t{++} exceptions or the loading of a shared library. Use the @code{catch} command to set a catchpoint. @table @code @kindex catch @item catch @var{event} Stop when @var{event} occurs. @var{event} can be any of the following: @table @code @item throw @kindex catch throw The throwing of a C@t{++} exception. @item catch @kindex catch catch The catching of a C@t{++} exception. @item exec @kindex catch exec A call to @code{exec}. This is currently only available for HP-UX. @item fork @kindex catch fork A call to @code{fork}. This is currently only available for HP-UX. @item vfork @kindex catch vfork A call to @code{vfork}. This is currently only available for HP-UX. @item load @itemx load @var{libname} @kindex catch load The dynamic loading of any shared library, or the loading of the library @var{libname}. This is currently only available for HP-UX. @item unload @itemx unload @var{libname} @kindex catch unload The unloading of any dynamically loaded shared library, or the unloading of the library @var{libname}. This is currently only available for HP-UX. @end table @item tcatch @var{event} Set a catchpoint that is enabled only for one stop. The catchpoint is automatically deleted after the first time the event is caught. @end table Use the @code{info break} command to list the current catchpoints. There are currently some limitations to C@t{++} exception handling (@code{catch throw} and @code{catch catch}) in @value{GDBN}: @itemize @bullet @item If you call a function interactively, @value{GDBN} normally returns control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that returns control to you and cause your program either to abort or to simply continue running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that @value{GDBN} is listening for, or exits. This is the case even if you set a catchpoint for the exception; catchpoints on exceptions are disabled within interactive calls. @item You cannot raise an exception interactively. @item You cannot install an exception handler interactively. @end itemize @cindex raise exceptions Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling: if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find out where the exception was raised. To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some knowledge of the implementation. In the case of @sc{gnu} C@t{++}, exceptions are raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception} which has the following ANSI C interface: @smallexample /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored. @var{id} is the exception identifier. */ void __raise_exception (void **addr, void *id); @end smallexample @noindent To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception} (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; watchpoints; and exceptions}). With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}) that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are raised. @node Delete Breaks @subsection Deleting breakpoints @cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints @cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints, catchpoints It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint once it has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten. With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can delete individual breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints by specifying their breakpoint numbers. It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. @value{GDBN} automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed when you continue execution without changing the execution address. @table @code @kindex clear @item clear Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}). When the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a breakpoint where your program just stopped. @item clear @var{function} @itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function} Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}. @item clear @var{linenum} @itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum} Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line. @cindex delete breakpoints @kindex delete @kindex d @r{(@code{delete})} @item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]} Delete the breakpoints, watchpoints, or catchpoints of the breakpoint ranges specified as arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (@value{GDBN} asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You can abbreviate this command as @code{d}. @end table @node Disabling @subsection Disabling breakpoints @kindex disable breakpoints @kindex enable breakpoints Rather than deleting a breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint, you might prefer to @dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that you can @dfn{enable} it again later. You disable and enable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints with the @code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or @code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints if you do not know which numbers to use. A breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint can have any of four different states of enablement: @itemize @bullet @item Enabled. The breakpoint stops your program. A breakpoint set with the @code{break} command starts out in this state. @item Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program. @item Enabled once. The breakpoint stops your program, but then becomes disabled. @item Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint stops your program, but immediately after it does so it is deleted permanently. A breakpoint set with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state. @end itemize You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints: @table @code @kindex disable breakpoints @kindex disable @kindex dis @r{(@code{disable})} @item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]} Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate @code{disable} as @code{dis}. @kindex enable breakpoints @kindex enable @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{range}@dots{}@r{]} Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They become effective once again in stopping your program. @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{range}@dots{} Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. @value{GDBN} disables any of these breakpoints immediately after stopping your program. @item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{range}@dots{} Enable the specified breakpoints to work once, then die. @value{GDBN} deletes any of these breakpoints as soon as your program stops there. @end table @c FIXME: I think the following ``Except for [...] @code{tbreak}'' is @c confusing: tbreak is also initially enabled. Except for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you use one of the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and delete a breakpoint of its own, but it does not change the state of your other breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and stepping}.) @node Conditions @subsection Break conditions @cindex conditional breakpoints @cindex breakpoint conditions @c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted? @c in particular for a watchpoint? The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it, and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}. This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is, when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition @samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint. Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them, since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name, and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting one. Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In that case, @value{GDBN} might see the other breakpoint first and stop your program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible than break conditions for the purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint command lists}). Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using @samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time with the @code{condition} command. You can also use the @code{if} keyword with the @code{watch} command. The @code{catch} command does not recognize the @code{if} keyword; @code{condition} is the only way to impose a further condition on a catchpoint. @table @code @kindex condition @item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression} Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint number @var{bnum}. After you set a condition, breakpoint @var{bnum} stops your program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in C). When you use @code{condition}, @value{GDBN} checks @var{expression} immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint. If @var{expression} uses symbols not referenced in the context of the breakpoint, @value{GDBN} prints an error message: @smallexample No symbol "foo" in current context. @end smallexample @noindent @value{GDBN} does not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition} command (or a command that sets a breakpoint with a condition, like @code{break if @dots{}}) is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. @item condition @var{bnum} Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes an ordinary unconditional breakpoint. @end table @cindex ignore count (of breakpoint) A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count value is @var{n}, the breakpoint does not stop the next @var{n} times your program reaches it. @table @code @kindex ignore @item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count} Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}. The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's execution does not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, @value{GDBN} takes no action. To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify a count of zero. When you use @code{continue} to resume execution of your program from a breakpoint, you can specify an ignore count directly as an argument to @code{continue}, rather than using @code{ignore}. @xref{Continuing and Stepping,,Continuing and stepping}. If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, @value{GDBN} resumes checking the condition. You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such as @w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}} using a debugger convenience variable that is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience variables}. @end table Ignore counts apply to breakpoints, watchpoints, and catchpoints. @node Break Commands @subsection Breakpoint command lists @cindex breakpoint commands You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint or catchpoint) a series of commands to execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other breakpoints. @table @code @kindex commands @kindex end @item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]} @itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{} @itemx end Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just @code{end} to terminate the commands. To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands. With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last breakpoint, watchpoint, or catchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently encountered). @end table Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last @value{GDBN} command is disabled within a @var{command-list}. You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command that resumes execution. Any other commands in the command list, after a command that resumes execution, are ignored. This is because any time you resume execution (even with a simple @code{next} or @code{step}), you may encounter another breakpoint---which could have its own command list, leading to ambiguities about which list to execute. @kindex silent If the first command you specify in a command list is @code{silent}, the usual message about stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue. If none of the remaining commands print anything, you see no sign that the breakpoint was reached. @code{silent} is meaningful only at the beginning of a breakpoint command list. The commands @code{echo}, @code{output}, and @code{printf} allow you to print precisely controlled output, and are often useful in silent breakpoints. @xref{Output, ,Commands for controlled output}. For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive. @smallexample break foo if x>0 commands silent printf "x is %d\n",x cont end @end smallexample One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent} command so that no output is produced. Here is an example: @smallexample break 403 commands silent set x = y + 4 cont end @end smallexample @node Breakpoint Menus @subsection Breakpoint menus @cindex overloading @cindex symbol overloading Some programming languages (notably C@t{++}) permit a single function name to be defined several times, for application in different contexts. This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded, @samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell @value{GDBN} where you want a breakpoint. If you realize this is a problem, you can use something like @samp{break @var{function}(@var{types})} to specify which particular version of the function you want. Otherwise, @value{GDBN} offers you a menu of numbered choices for different possible breakpoints, and waits for your selection with the prompt @samp{>}. The first two options are always @samp{[0] cancel} and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} sets a breakpoint at each definition of @var{function}, and typing @kbd{0} aborts the @code{break} command without setting any new breakpoints. For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}. We choose three particular definitions of that function name: @c FIXME! This is likely to change to show arg type lists, at least @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) b String::after [0] cancel [1] all [2] file:String.cc; line number:867 [3] file:String.cc; line number:860 [4] file:String.cc; line number:875 [5] file:String.cc; line number:853 [6] file:String.cc; line number:846 [7] file:String.cc; line number:735 > 2 4 6 Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867. Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875. Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846. Multiple breakpoints were set. Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints. (@value{GDBP}) @end group @end smallexample @c @ifclear BARETARGET @node Error in Breakpoints @subsection ``Cannot insert breakpoints'' @c @c FIXME!! 14/6/95 Is there a real example of this? Let's use it. @c Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if any other process is running that program. In this situation, attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes @value{GDBN} to print an error message: @smallexample Cannot insert breakpoints. The same program may be running in another process. @end smallexample When this happens, you have three ways to proceed: @enumerate @item Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue. @item Suspend @value{GDBN}, and copy the file containing your program to a new name. Resume @value{GDBN} and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that @value{GDBN} should run your program under that name. Then start your program again. @item Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply to nonsharable executables. @end enumerate @c @end ifclear A similar message can be printed if you request too many active hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints: @c FIXME: the precise wording of this message may change; the relevant @c source change is not committed yet (Sep 3, 1999). @smallexample Stopped; cannot insert breakpoints. You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints and watchpoints. @end smallexample @noindent This message is printed when you attempt to resume the program, since only then @value{GDBN} knows exactly how many hardware breakpoints and watchpoints it needs to insert. When this message is printed, you need to disable or remove some of the hardware-assisted breakpoints and watchpoints, and then continue. @node Continuing and Stepping @section Continuing and stepping @cindex stepping @cindex continuing @cindex resuming execution @dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what particular command you use). Either when continuing or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint or a signal. (If it stops due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle}, or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.) @table @code @kindex continue @kindex c @r{(@code{continue})} @kindex fg @r{(resume foreground execution)} @item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} @itemx c @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} @itemx fg @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]} Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped; any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument @var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of @code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break conditions}). The argument @var{ignore-count} is meaningful only when your program stopped due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is ignored. The synonyms @code{c} and @code{fg} (for @dfn{foreground}, as the debugged program is deemed to be the foreground program) are provided purely for convenience, and have exactly the same behavior as @code{continue}. @end table To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return} (@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a function}) to go back to the calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a different address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program. A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint (@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints; watchpoints; and catchpoints}) at the beginning of the function or the section of your program where a problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen. @table @code @kindex step @kindex s @r{(@code{step})} @item step Continue running your program until control reaches a different source line, then stop it and return control to @value{GDBN}. This command is abbreviated @code{s}. @quotation @c "without debugging information" is imprecise; actually "without line @c numbers in the debugging information". (gcc -g1 has debugging info but @c not line numbers). But it seems complex to try to make that @c distinction here. @emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is within a function that was compiled without debugging information, execution proceeds until control reaches a function that does have debugging information. Likewise, it will not step into a function which is compiled without debugging information. To step through functions without debugging information, use the @code{stepi} command, described below. @end quotation The @code{step} command only stops at the first instruction of a source line. This prevents the multiple stops that could otherwise occur in @code{switch} statements, @code{for} loops, etc. @code{step} continues to stop if a function that has debugging information is called within the line. In other words, @code{step} @emph{steps inside} any functions called within the line. Also, the @code{step} command only enters a function if there is line number information for the function. Otherwise it acts like the @code{next} command. This avoids problems when using @code{cc -gl} on MIPS machines. Previously, @code{step} entered subroutines if there was any debugging information about the routine. @item step @var{count} Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a breakpoint is reached, or a signal not related to stepping occurs before @var{count} steps, stepping stops right away. @kindex next @kindex n @r{(@code{next})} @item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]} Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame. This is similar to @code{step}, but function calls that appear within the line of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control reaches a different line of code at the original stack level that was executing when you gave the @code{next} command. This command is abbreviated @code{n}. An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}. @c FIX ME!! Do we delete this, or is there a way it fits in with @c the following paragraph? --- Vctoria @c @c @code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like @c @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the @c function are executed without stopping. The @code{next} command only stops at the first instruction of a source line. This prevents multiple stops that could otherwise occur in @code{switch} statements, @code{for} loops, etc. @kindex set step-mode @item set step-mode @cindex functions without line info, and stepping @cindex stepping into functions with no line info @itemx set step-mode on The @code{set step-mode on} command causes the @code{step} command to stop at the first instruction of a function which contains no debug line information rather than stepping over it. This is useful in cases where you may be interested in inspecting the machine instructions of a function which has no symbolic info and do not want @value{GDBN} to automatically skip over this function. @item set step-mode off Causes the @code{step} command to step over any functions which contains no debug information. This is the default. @kindex finish @item finish Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame returns. Print the returned value (if any). Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a function}). @kindex until @kindex u @r{(@code{until})} @item until @itemx u Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next} command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater than the address of the jump. This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping though it, @code{until} makes your program continue execution until it exits the loop. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end of a loop simply steps back to the beginning of the loop, which forces you to step through the next iteration. @code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current stack frame. @code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f} (@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line @code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) f #0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206 206 expand_input(); (@value{GDBP}) until 195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{ @end smallexample This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier statement---not in terms of the actual machine code. @code{until} with no argument works by means of single instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an argument. @item until @var{location} @itemx u @var{location} Continue running your program until either the specified location is reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints, and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument. @kindex stepi @kindex si @r{(@code{stepi})} @item stepi @itemx stepi @var{arg} @itemx si Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger. It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine instructions. This makes @value{GDBN} automatically display the next instruction to be executed, each time your program stops. @xref{Auto Display,, Automatic display}. An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}. @need 750 @kindex nexti @kindex ni @r{(@code{nexti})} @item nexti @itemx nexti @var{arg} @itemx ni Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call, proceed until the function returns. An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}. @end table @node Signals @section Signals @cindex signals A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the signal a program gets when you type an interrupt character (often @kbd{C-c}); @code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has requested an alarm). @cindex fatal signals Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (they kill your program immediately) if the program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal. @code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program. @value{GDBN} has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your program. You can tell @value{GDBN} in advance what to do for each kind of signal. @cindex handling signals Normally, @value{GDBN} is set up to let the non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM} be silently passed to your program (so as not to interfere with their role in the program's functioning) but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens. You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command. @table @code @kindex info signals @item info signals @itemx info handle Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how @value{GDBN} has been told to handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all the defined types of signals. @code{info handle} is an alias for @code{info signals}. @kindex handle @item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{} Change the way @value{GDBN} handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the beginning); a list of signal numbers of the form @samp{@var{low}-@var{high}}; or the word @samp{all}, meaning all the known signals. The @var{keywords} say what change to make. @end table @c @group The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated. Their full names are: @table @code @item nostop @value{GDBN} should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may still print a message telling you that the signal has come in. @item stop @value{GDBN} should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies the @code{print} keyword as well. @item print @value{GDBN} should print a message when this signal happens. @item noprint @value{GDBN} should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well. @item pass @itemx noignore @value{GDBN} should allow your program to see this signal; your program can handle the signal, or else it may terminate if the signal is fatal and not handled. @code{pass} and @code{noignore} are synonyms. @item nopass @itemx ignore @value{GDBN} should not allow your program to see this signal. @code{nopass} and @code{ignore} are synonyms. @end table @c @end group When a signal stops your program, the signal is not visible to the program until you continue. Your program sees the signal then, if @code{pass} is in effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words, after @value{GDBN} reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with @code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether your program sees that signal when you continue. The default is set to @code{nostop}, @code{noprint}, @code{pass} for non-erroneous signals such as @code{SIGALRM}, @code{SIGWINCH} and @code{SIGCHLD}, and to @code{stop}, @code{print}, @code{pass} for the erroneous signals. You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see, or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this, you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your program a signal}. @node Thread Stops @section Stopping and starting multi-thread programs When your program has multiple threads (@pxref{Threads,, Debugging programs with multiple threads}), you can choose whether to set breakpoints on all threads, or on a particular thread. @table @code @cindex breakpoints and threads @cindex thread breakpoints @kindex break @dots{} thread @var{threadno} @item break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno} @itemx break @var{linespec} thread @var{threadno} if @dots{} @var{linespec} specifies source lines; there are several ways of writing them, but the effect is always to specify some source line. Use the qualifier @samp{thread @var{threadno}} with a breakpoint command to specify that you only want @value{GDBN} to stop the program when a particular thread reaches this breakpoint. @var{threadno} is one of the numeric thread identifiers assigned by @value{GDBN}, shown in the first column of the @samp{info threads} display. If you do not specify @samp{thread @var{threadno}} when you set a breakpoint, the breakpoint applies to @emph{all} threads of your program. You can use the @code{thread} qualifier on conditional breakpoints as well; in this case, place @samp{thread @var{threadno}} before the breakpoint condition, like this: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) break frik.c:13 thread 28 if bartab > lim @end smallexample @end table @cindex stopped threads @cindex threads, stopped Whenever your program stops under @value{GDBN} for any reason, @emph{all} threads of execution stop, not just the current thread. This allows you to examine the overall state of the program, including switching between threads, without worrying that things may change underfoot. @cindex continuing threads @cindex threads, continuing Conversely, whenever you restart the program, @emph{all} threads start executing. @emph{This is true even when single-stepping} with commands like @code{step} or @code{next}. In particular, @value{GDBN} cannot single-step all threads in lockstep. Since thread scheduling is up to your debugging target's operating system (not controlled by @value{GDBN}), other threads may execute more than one statement while the current thread completes a single step. Moreover, in general other threads stop in the middle of a statement, rather than at a clean statement boundary, when the program stops. You might even find your program stopped in another thread after continuing or even single-stepping. This happens whenever some other thread runs into a breakpoint, a signal, or an exception before the first thread completes whatever you requested. On some OSes, you can lock the OS scheduler and thus allow only a single thread to run. @table @code @item set scheduler-locking @var{mode} Set the scheduler locking mode. If it is @code{off}, then there is no locking and any thread may run at any time. If @code{on}, then only the current thread may run when the inferior is resumed. The @code{step} mode optimizes for single-stepping. It stops other threads from ``seizing the prompt'' by preempting the current thread while you are stepping. Other threads will only rarely (or never) get a chance to run when you step. They are more likely to run when you @samp{next} over a function call, and they are completely free to run when you use commands like @samp{continue}, @samp{until}, or @samp{finish}. However, unless another thread hits a breakpoint during its timeslice, they will never steal the @value{GDBN} prompt away from the thread that you are debugging. @item show scheduler-locking Display the current scheduler locking mode. @end table @node Stack @chapter Examining the Stack When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it stopped and how it got there. @cindex call stack Each time your program performs a function call, information about the call is generated. That information includes the location of the call in your program, the arguments of the call, and the local variables of the function being called. The information is saved in a block of data called a @dfn{stack frame}. The stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call stack}. When your program stops, the @value{GDBN} commands for examining the stack allow you to see all of this information. @cindex selected frame One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by @value{GDBN} and many @value{GDBN} commands refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask @value{GDBN} for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found in the selected frame. There are special @value{GDBN} commands to select whichever frame you are interested in. @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. When your program stops, @value{GDBN} automatically selects the currently executing frame and describes it briefly, similar to the @code{frame} command (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information about a frame}). @menu * Frames:: Stack frames * Backtrace:: Backtraces * Selection:: Selecting a frame * Frame Info:: Information on a frame @end menu @node Frames @section Stack frames @cindex frame, definition @cindex stack frame The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at which the function is executing. @cindex initial frame @cindex outermost frame @cindex innermost frame When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the @dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most recently created of all the stack frames that still exist. @cindex frame pointer Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each kind of computer has a convention for choosing one byte whose address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is going on in that frame. @cindex frame number @value{GDBN} assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it, and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program; they are assigned by @value{GDBN} to give you a way of designating stack frames in @value{GDBN} commands. @c The -fomit-frame-pointer below perennially causes hbox overflow @c underflow problems. @cindex frameless execution Some compilers provide a way to compile functions so that they operate without stack frames. (For example, the @value{GCC} option @smallexample @samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} @end smallexample generates functions without a frame.) This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save the frame setup time. @value{GDBN} has limited facilities for dealing with these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no stack frame, @value{GDBN} nevertheless regards it as though it had a separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct tracing of the function call chain. However, @value{GDBN} has no provision for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack. @table @code @kindex frame@r{, command} @cindex current stack frame @item frame @var{args} The @code{frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame to another, and to print the stack frame you select. @var{args} may be either the address of the frame or the stack frame number. Without an argument, @code{frame} prints the current stack frame. @kindex select-frame @cindex selecting frame silently @item select-frame The @code{select-frame} command allows you to move from one stack frame to another without printing the frame. This is the silent version of @code{frame}. @end table @node Backtrace @section Backtraces @cindex backtraces @cindex tracebacks @cindex stack traces A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the stack. @table @code @kindex backtrace @kindex bt @r{(@code{backtrace})} @item backtrace @itemx bt Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all frames in the stack. You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt character, normally @kbd{C-c}. @item backtrace @var{n} @itemx bt @var{n} Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames. @item backtrace -@var{n} @itemx bt -@var{n} Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames. @end table @kindex where @kindex info stack @kindex info s @r{(@code{info stack})} The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s}) are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}. Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name. The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that line number. Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command @samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames. @smallexample @group #0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8) at builtin.c:993 #1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242 #2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08) at macro.c:71 (More stack frames follow...) @end group @end smallexample @noindent The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}. @node Selection @section Selecting a frame Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description of the stack frame just selected. @table @code @kindex frame@r{, selecting} @kindex f @r{(@code{frame})} @item frame @var{n} @itemx f @var{n} Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost (currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is the one for @code{main}. @item frame @var{addr} @itemx f @var{addr} Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it impossible for @value{GDBN} to assign numbers properly to all frames. In addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and switches between them. On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer. On the MIPS and Alpha architecture, it needs two addresses: a stack pointer and a program counter. On the 29k architecture, it needs three addresses: a register stack pointer, a program counter, and a memory stack pointer. @c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag @c SETUP_ARBITRARY_FRAME in the tm-*.h files. The above is up to date @c as of 27 Jan 1994. @kindex up @item up @var{n} Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one. @kindex down @kindex do @r{(@code{down})} @item down @var{n} Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}. @end table All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. @need 1000 For example: @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) up #1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc) at env.c:10 10 read_input_file (argv[i]); @end group @end smallexample After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments prints ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame. You can also edit the program at the point of execution with your favorite editing program by typing @code{edit}. @xref{List, ,Printing source lines}, for details. @table @code @kindex down-silently @kindex up-silently @item up-silently @var{n} @itemx down-silently @var{n} These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down}, respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use in @value{GDBN} command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and distracting. @end table @node Frame Info @section Information about a frame There are several other commands to print information about the selected stack frame. @table @code @item frame @itemx f When used without any argument, this command does not change which frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an argument, this command is used to select a stack frame. @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. @kindex info frame @kindex info f @r{(@code{info frame})} @item info frame @itemx info f This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame, including: @itemize @bullet @item the address of the frame @item the address of the next frame down (called by this frame) @item the address of the next frame up (caller of this frame) @item the language in which the source code corresponding to this frame is written @item the address of the frame's arguments @item the address of the frame's local variables @item the program counter saved in it (the address of execution in the caller frame) @item which registers were saved in the frame @end itemize @noindent The verbose description is useful when something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit the usual conventions. @item info frame @var{addr} @itemx info f @var{addr} Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr}, without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by this command. This requires the same kind of address (more than one for some architectures) that you specify in the @code{frame} command. @xref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}. @kindex info args @item info args Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line. @item info locals @kindex info locals Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate line. These are all variables (declared either static or automatic) accessible at the point of execution of the selected frame. @kindex info catch @cindex catch exceptions, list active handlers @cindex exception handlers, how to list @item info catch Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up}, @code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}. @xref{Set Catchpoints, , Setting catchpoints}. @end table @node Source @chapter Examining Source Files @value{GDBN} can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging information recorded in the program tells @value{GDBN} what source files were used to build it. When your program stops, @value{GDBN} spontaneously prints the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}), @value{GDBN} prints the line where execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of source files by explicit command. If you use @value{GDBN} through its @sc{gnu} Emacs interface, you may prefer to use Emacs facilities to view source; see @ref{Emacs, ,Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs}. @menu * List:: Printing source lines * Edit:: Editing source files * Search:: Searching source files * Source Path:: Specifying source directories * Machine Code:: Source and machine code @end menu @node List @section Printing source lines @kindex list @kindex l @r{(@code{list})} To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command (abbreviated @code{l}). By default, ten lines are printed. There are several ways to specify what part of the file you want to print. Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used: @table @code @item list @var{linenum} Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the current source file. @item list @var{function} Print lines centered around the beginning of function @var{function}. @item list Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a @code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line. @item list - Print lines just before the lines last printed. @end table By default, @value{GDBN} prints ten source lines with any of these forms of the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}: @table @code @kindex set listsize @item set listsize @var{count} Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number). @kindex show listsize @item show listsize Display the number of lines that @code{list} prints. @end table Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument, so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that each repetition moves up in the source file. @cindex linespec In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two @dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways of writing them, but the effect is always to specify some source line. Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}: @table @code @item list @var{linespec} Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}. @item list @var{first},@var{last} Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are linespecs. @item list ,@var{last} Print lines ending with @var{last}. @item list @var{first}, Print lines starting with @var{first}. @item list + Print lines just after the lines last printed. @item list - Print lines just before the lines last printed. @item list As described in the preceding table. @end table Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the kinds of linespec. @table @code @item @var{number} Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file. When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to the same source file as the first linespec. @item +@var{offset} Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed. When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the first linespec. @item -@var{offset} Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed. @item @var{filename}:@var{number} Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}. @item @var{function} Specifies the line that begins the body of the function @var{function}. For example: in C, this is the line with the open brace. @item @var{filename}:@var{function} Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are identically named functions in different source files. @item *@var{address} Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}. @var{address} may be any expression. @end table @node Edit @section Editing source files @cindex editing source files @kindex edit @kindex e @r{(@code{edit})} To edit the lines in a source file, use the @code{edit} command. The editing program of your choice is invoked with the current line set to the active line in the program. Alternatively, there are several ways to specify what part of the file you want to print if you want to see other parts of the program. Here are the forms of the @code{edit} command most commonly used: @table @code @item edit Edit the current source file at the active line number in the program. @item edit @var{number} Edit the current source file with @var{number} as the active line number. @item edit @var{function} Edit the file containing @var{function} at the beginning of its definition. @item edit @var{filename}:@var{number} Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}. @item edit @var{filename}:@var{function} Specifies the line that begins the body of the function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are identically named functions in different source files. @item edit *@var{address} Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}. @var{address} may be any expression. @end table @subsection Choosing your editor You can customize @value{GDBN} to use any editor you want @footnote{ The only restriction is that your editor (say @code{ex}), recognizes the following command-line syntax: @smallexample ex +@var{number} file @end smallexample The optional numeric value +@var{number} designates the active line in the file.}. By default, it is @value{EDITOR}, but you can change this by setting the environment variable @code{EDITOR} before using @value{GDBN}. For example, to configure @value{GDBN} to use the @code{vi} editor, you could use these commands with the @code{sh} shell: @smallexample EDITOR=/usr/bin/vi export EDITOR gdb ... @end smallexample or in the @code{csh} shell, @smallexample setenv EDITOR /usr/bin/vi gdb ... @end smallexample @node Search @section Searching source files @cindex searching @kindex reverse-search There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a regular expression. @table @code @kindex search @kindex forward-search @item forward-search @var{regexp} @itemx search @var{regexp} The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use the synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as @code{fo}. @item reverse-search @var{regexp} The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate this command as @code{rev}. @end table @node Source Path @section Specifying source directories @cindex source path @cindex directories for source files Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do, the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging session. @value{GDBN} has a list of directories to search for source files; this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time @value{GDBN} wants a source file, it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source path. If @value{GDBN} cannot find a source file in the source path, and the object program records a directory, @value{GDBN} tries that directory too. If the source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation directory, @value{GDBN} looks in the current directory as a last resort. Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, @value{GDBN} clears out any information it has cached about where source files are found and where each line is in the file. @kindex directory @kindex dir When you start @value{GDBN}, its source path includes only @samp{cdir} and @samp{cwd}, in that order. To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command. @table @code @item directory @var{dirname} @dots{} @item dir @var{dirname} @dots{} Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} (@samp{;} on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where @samp{:} usually appears as part of absolute file names) or whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source path; this moves it forward, so @value{GDBN} searches it sooner. @kindex cdir @kindex cwd @vindex $cdir@r{, convenience variable} @vindex $cwdr@r{, convenience variable} @cindex compilation directory @cindex current directory @cindex working directory @cindex directory, current @cindex directory, compilation You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former tracks the current working directory as it changes during your @value{GDBN} session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current directory at the time you add an entry to the source path. @item directory Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation. @c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since @c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS) @item show directories @kindex show directories Print the source path: show which directories it contains. @end table If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of interest, @value{GDBN} may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows: @enumerate @item Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty. @item Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the directories you want in the source path. You can add all the directories in one command. @end enumerate @node Machine Code @section Source and machine code You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program addresses (and vice versa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display a range of addresses as machine instructions. When run under @sc{gnu} Emacs mode, the @code{info line} command causes the arrow to point to the line specified. Also, @code{info line} prints addresses in symbolic form as well as hex. @table @code @kindex info line @item info line @var{linespec} Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing source lines}). @end table For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of the object code for the first line of function @code{m4_changequote}: @c FIXME: I think this example should also show the addresses in @c symbolic form, as they usually would be displayed. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info line m4_changequote Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350. @end smallexample @noindent We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for @var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info line *0x63ff Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404. @end smallexample @cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line} @kindex x@r{(examine), and} info line After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience variables}). @table @code @kindex disassemble @cindex assembly instructions @cindex instructions, assembly @cindex machine instructions @cindex listing machine instructions @item disassemble This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this command is a program counter value; @value{GDBN} dumps the function surrounding this value. Two arguments specify a range of addresses (first inclusive, second exclusive) to dump. @end table The following example shows the disassembly of a range of addresses of HP PA-RISC 2.0 code: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) disas 0x32c4 0x32e4 Dump of assembler code from 0x32c4 to 0x32e4: 0x32c4 : addil 0,dp 0x32c8 : ldw 0x22c(sr0,r1),r26 0x32cc : ldil 0x3000,r31 0x32d0 : ble 0x3f8(sr4,r31) 0x32d4 : ldo 0(r31),rp 0x32d8 : addil -0x800,dp 0x32dc : ldo 0x588(r1),r26 0x32e0 : ldil 0x3000,r31 End of assembler dump. @end smallexample Some architectures have more than one commonly-used set of instruction mnemonics or other syntax. @table @code @kindex set disassembly-flavor @cindex assembly instructions @cindex instructions, assembly @cindex machine instructions @cindex listing machine instructions @cindex Intel disassembly flavor @cindex AT&T disassembly flavor @item set disassembly-flavor @var{instruction-set} Select the instruction set to use when disassembling the program via the @code{disassemble} or @code{x/i} commands. Currently this command is only defined for the Intel x86 family. You can set @var{instruction-set} to either @code{intel} or @code{att}. The default is @code{att}, the AT&T flavor used by default by Unix assemblers for x86-based targets. @end table @node Data @chapter Examining Data @cindex printing data @cindex examining data @kindex print @kindex inspect @c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not @c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a @c different window or something like that. The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print} command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages}). @table @code @item print @var{expr} @itemx print /@var{f} @var{expr} @var{expr} is an expression (in the source language). By default the value of @var{expr} is printed in a format appropriate to its data type; you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}}, where @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; see @ref{Output Formats,,Output formats}. @item print @itemx print /@var{f} If you omit @var{expr}, @value{GDBN} displays the last value again (from the @dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value history}). This allows you to conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format. @end table A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command. It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining memory}. If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields of a struct or a class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}} command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}. @menu * Expressions:: Expressions * Variables:: Program variables * Arrays:: Artificial arrays * Output Formats:: Output formats * Memory:: Examining memory * Auto Display:: Automatic display * Print Settings:: Print settings * Value History:: Value history * Convenience Vars:: Convenience variables * Registers:: Registers * Floating Point Hardware:: Floating point hardware * Vector Unit:: Vector Unit * Memory Region Attributes:: Memory region attributes * Dump/Restore Files:: Copy between memory and a file * Character Sets:: Debugging programs that use a different character set than GDB does @end menu @node Expressions @section Expressions @cindex expressions @code{print} and many other @value{GDBN} commands accept an expression and compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined by the programming language you are using is valid in an expression in @value{GDBN}. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts, and string constants. It also includes preprocessor macros, if you compiled your program to include this information; see @ref{Compilation}. @value{GDBN} supports array constants in expressions input by the user. The syntax is @{@var{element}, @var{element}@dots{}@}. For example, you can use the command @code{print @{1, 2, 3@}} to build up an array in memory that is @code{malloc}ed in the target program. Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other languages. In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in @value{GDBN} expressions regardless of your programming language. Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so useful to cast a number into a pointer in order to examine a structure at that address in memory. @c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true? @value{GDBN} supports these operators, in addition to those common to programming languages: @table @code @item @@ @samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays. @xref{Arrays, ,Artificial arrays}, for more information. @item :: @samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program variables}. @cindex @{@var{type}@} @cindex type casting memory @cindex memory, viewing as typed object @cindex casts, to view memory @item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr} Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}. @end table @node Variables @section Program variables The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable in your program. Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}); they must be either: @itemize @bullet @item global (or file-static) @end itemize @noindent or @itemize @bullet @item visible according to the scope rules of the programming language from the point of execution in that frame @end itemize @noindent This means that in the function @smallexample foo (a) int a; @{ bar (a); @{ int b = test (); bar (b); @} @} @end smallexample @noindent you can examine and use the variable @code{a} whenever your program is executing within the function @code{foo}, but you can only use or examine the variable @code{b} while your program is executing inside the block where @code{b} is declared. @cindex variable name conflict There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or function with the same name (in different source files). If that happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish, you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file, using the colon-colon notation: @cindex colon-colon, context for variables/functions @iftex @c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers? @cindex @code{::}, context for variables/functions @end iftex @smallexample @var{file}::@var{variable} @var{function}::@var{variable} @end smallexample @noindent Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the static @var{variable}. In the case of file names, you can use quotes to make sure @value{GDBN} parses the file name as a single word---for example, to print a global value of @code{x} defined in @file{f2.c}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) p 'f2.c'::x @end smallexample @cindex C@t{++} scope resolution This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar use of the same notation in C@t{++}. @value{GDBN} also supports use of the C@t{++} scope resolution operator in @value{GDBN} expressions. @c FIXME: Um, so what happens in one of those rare cases where it's in @c conflict?? --mew @cindex wrong values @cindex variable values, wrong @quotation @emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to a new scope, and just before exit. @end quotation You may see this problem when you are stepping by machine instructions. This is because, on most machines, it takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local variable definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions, variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is completely built. On exit, it usually also takes more than one machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be gone. This may also happen when the compiler does significant optimizations. To be sure of always seeing accurate values, turn off all optimization when compiling. @cindex ``No symbol "foo" in current context'' Another possible effect of compiler optimizations is to optimize unused variables out of existence, or assign variables to registers (as opposed to memory addresses). Depending on the support for such cases offered by the debug info format used by the compiler, @value{GDBN} might not be able to display values for such local variables. If that happens, @value{GDBN} will print a message like this: @smallexample No symbol "foo" in current context. @end smallexample To solve such problems, either recompile without optimizations, or use a different debug info format, if the compiler supports several such formats. For example, @value{NGCC}, the @sc{gnu} C/C@t{++} compiler usually supports the @samp{-gstabs} option. @samp{-gstabs} produces debug info in a format that is superior to formats such as COFF. You may be able to use DWARF2 (@samp{-gdwarf-2}), which is also an effective form for debug info. See @ref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or @sc{gnu} CC, gcc.info, Using @sc{gnu} CC}, for more information. @node Arrays @section Artificial arrays @cindex artificial array @kindex @@@r{, referencing memory as an array} It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the program. You can do this by referring to a contiguous span of memory as an @dfn{artificial array}, using the binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be the first element of the desired array and be an individual object. The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument. The first element is actually the left argument; the second element comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says @smallexample int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int)); @end smallexample @noindent you can print the contents of @code{array} with @smallexample p *array@@len @end smallexample The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions. Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value history}), after printing one out. Another way to create an artificial array is to use a cast. This re-interprets a value as if it were an array. The value need not be in memory: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[2])0x12345678 $1 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@} @end smallexample As a convenience, if you leave the array length out (as in @samp{(@var{type}[])@var{value}}) @value{GDBN} calculates the size to fill the value (as @samp{sizeof(@var{value})/sizeof(@var{type})}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) p/x (short[])0x12345678 $2 = @{0x1234, 0x5678@} @end smallexample Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv} in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type: @smallexample set $i = 0 p dtab[$i++]->fv @key{RET} @key{RET} @dots{} @end smallexample @node Output Formats @section Output formats @cindex formatted output @cindex output formats By default, @value{GDBN} prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value. The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the @code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format letters supported are: @table @code @item x Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in hexadecimal. @item d Print as integer in signed decimal. @item u Print as integer in unsigned decimal. @item o Print as integer in octal. @item t Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''. @footnote{@samp{b} cannot be used because these format letters are also used with the @code{x} command, where @samp{b} stands for ``byte''; see @ref{Memory,,Examining memory}.} @item a @cindex unknown address, locating @cindex locate address Print as an address, both absolute in hexadecimal and as an offset from the nearest preceding symbol. You can use this format used to discover where (in what function) an unknown address is located: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) p/a 0x54320 $3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396> @end smallexample @noindent The command @code{info symbol 0x54320} yields similar results. @xref{Symbols, info symbol}. @item c Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant. @item f Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print using typical floating point syntax. @end table For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type @smallexample p/x $pc @end smallexample @noindent Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command names in @value{GDBN} cannot contain a slash. To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format, you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex. @node Memory @section Examining memory You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in any of several formats, independently of your program's data types. @cindex examining memory @table @code @kindex x @r{(examine memory)} @item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr} @itemx x @var{addr} @itemx x Use the @code{x} command to examine memory. @end table @var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory. If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}. Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}. @table @r @item @var{n}, the repeat count The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display. @c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB @c 4.1.2. @item @var{f}, the display format The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print}, @samp{s} (null-terminated string), or @samp{i} (machine instruction). The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially. The default changes each time you use either @code{x} or @code{print}. @item @var{u}, the unit size The unit size is any of @table @code @item b Bytes. @item h Halfwords (two bytes). @item w Words (four bytes). This is the initial default. @item g Giant words (eight bytes). @end table Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and @samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.) @item @var{addr}, starting display address @var{addr} is the address where you want @value{GDBN} to begin displaying memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may); it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for @var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display a value from memory). @end table For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords (@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}), starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp}; @pxref{Registers, ,Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}). Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether unit size or format comes first; either order works. The output specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing. (However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} does not work.) Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s} and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example, @samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions, including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; see @ref{Machine Code,,Source and machine code}. All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command, the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as for successive uses of @code{x}. @cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved in the value history because there is often too much of them and they would get in the way. Instead, @value{GDBN} makes these values available for subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables @code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable @code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in the convenience variable @code{$__}. If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output. @node Auto Display @section Automatic display @cindex automatic display @cindex display of expressions If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently (to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic display list} so that @value{GDBN} prints its value each time your program stops. Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it; to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number. The automatic display looks like this: @smallexample 2: foo = 38 3: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804 @end smallexample @noindent This display shows item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size, or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}. @table @code @kindex display @item display @var{expr} Add the expression @var{expr} to the list of expressions to display each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. @code{display} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it. @item display/@var{fmt} @var{expr} For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or count, add the expression @var{expr} to the auto-display list but arrange to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}. @xref{Output Formats,,Output formats}. @item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr} For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining memory}. @end table For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc} is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers, ,Registers}). @table @code @kindex delete display @kindex undisplay @item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{} @itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{} Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display. @code{undisplay} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it. (Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.) @kindex disable display @item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{} Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be enabled again later. @kindex enable display @item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{} Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise. @item display Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is done when your program stops. @kindex info display @item info display Print the list of expressions previously set up to display automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such. It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now because they refer to automatic variables not currently available. @end table If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command @code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument @code{last_char}, @value{GDBN} displays this argument while your program continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where there is no variable @code{last_char}---the display is disabled automatically. The next time your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the display expression once again. @node Print Settings @section Print settings @cindex format options @cindex print settings @value{GDBN} provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures, and symbols are printed. @noindent These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language: @table @code @kindex set print address @item set print address @itemx set print address on @value{GDBN} prints memory addresses showing the location of stack traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth, even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default is @code{on}. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like with @code{set print address on}: @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) f #0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>") at input.c:530 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) @end group @end smallexample @item set print address off Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example, this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}: @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) set print addr off (@value{GDBP}) f #0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530 530 if (lquote != def_lquote) @end group @end smallexample You can use @samp{set print address off} to eliminate all machine dependent displays from the @value{GDBN} interface. For example, with @code{print address off}, you should get the same text for backtraces on all machines---whether or not they involve pointer arguments. @kindex show print address @item show print address Show whether or not addresses are to be printed. @end table When @value{GDBN} prints a symbolic address, it normally prints the closest earlier symbol plus an offset. If that symbol does not uniquely identify the address (for example, it is a name whose scope is a single source file), you may need to clarify. One way to do this is with @code{info line}, for example @samp{info line *0x4537}. Alternately, you can set @value{GDBN} to print the source file and line number when it prints a symbolic address: @table @code @kindex set print symbol-filename @item set print symbol-filename on Tell @value{GDBN} to print the source file name and line number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address. @item set print symbol-filename off Do not print source file name and line number of a symbol. This is the default. @kindex show print symbol-filename @item show print symbol-filename Show whether or not @value{GDBN} will print the source file name and line number of a symbol in the symbolic form of an address. @end table Another situation where it is helpful to show symbol filenames and line numbers is when disassembling code; @value{GDBN} shows you the line number and source file that corresponds to each instruction. Also, you may wish to see the symbolic form only if the address being printed is reasonably close to the closest earlier symbol: @table @code @kindex set print max-symbolic-offset @item set print max-symbolic-offset @var{max-offset} Tell @value{GDBN} to only display the symbolic form of an address if the offset between the closest earlier symbol and the address is less than @var{max-offset}. The default is 0, which tells @value{GDBN} to always print the symbolic form of an address if any symbol precedes it. @kindex show print max-symbolic-offset @item show print max-symbolic-offset Ask how large the maximum offset is that @value{GDBN} prints in a symbolic address. @end table @cindex wild pointer, interpreting @cindex pointer, finding referent If you have a pointer and you are not sure where it points, try @samp{set print symbol-filename on}. Then you can determine the name and source file location of the variable where it points, using @samp{p/a @var{pointer}}. This interprets the address in symbolic form. For example, here @value{GDBN} shows that a variable @code{ptt} points at another variable @code{t}, defined in @file{hi2.c}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) set print symbol-filename on (@value{GDBP}) p/a ptt $4 = 0xe008 @end smallexample @quotation @emph{Warning:} For pointers that point to a local variable, @samp{p/a} does not show the symbol name and filename of the referent, even with the appropriate @code{set print} options turned on. @end quotation Other settings control how different kinds of objects are printed: @table @code @kindex set print array @item set print array @itemx set print array on Pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read, but uses more space. The default is off. @item set print array off Return to compressed format for arrays. @kindex show print array @item show print array Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying arrays. @kindex set print elements @item set print elements @var{number-of-elements} Set a limit on how many elements of an array @value{GDBN} will print. If @value{GDBN} is printing a large array, it stops printing after it has printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command. This limit also applies to the display of strings. When @value{GDBN} starts, this limit is set to 200. Setting @var{number-of-elements} to zero means that the printing is unlimited. @kindex show print elements @item show print elements Display the number of elements of a large array that @value{GDBN} will print. If the number is 0, then the printing is unlimited. @kindex set print null-stop @item set print null-stop Cause @value{GDBN} to stop printing the characters of an array when the first @sc{null} is encountered. This is useful when large arrays actually contain only short strings. The default is off. @kindex set print pretty @item set print pretty on Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in an indented format with one member per line, like this: @smallexample @group $1 = @{ next = 0x0, flags = @{ sweet = 1, sour = 1 @}, meat = 0x54 "Pork" @} @end group @end smallexample @item set print pretty off Cause @value{GDBN} to print structures in a compact format, like this: @smallexample @group $1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \ meat = 0x54 "Pork"@} @end group @end smallexample @noindent This is the default format. @kindex show print pretty @item show print pretty Show which format @value{GDBN} is using to print structures. @kindex set print sevenbit-strings @item set print sevenbit-strings on Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set, @value{GDBN} displays any eight-bit characters (in strings or character values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. This setting is best if you are working in English (@sc{ascii}) and you use the high-order bit of characters as a marker or ``meta'' bit. @item set print sevenbit-strings off Print full eight-bit characters. This allows the use of more international character sets, and is the default. @kindex show print sevenbit-strings @item show print sevenbit-strings Show whether or not @value{GDBN} is printing only seven-bit characters. @kindex set print union @item set print union on Tell @value{GDBN} to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the default setting. @item set print union off Tell @value{GDBN} not to print unions which are contained in structures. @kindex show print union @item show print union Ask @value{GDBN} whether or not it will print unions which are contained in structures. For example, given the declarations @smallexample typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species; typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms; typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@} Bug_forms; struct thing @{ Species it; union @{ Tree_forms tree; Bug_forms bug; @} form; @}; struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@}; @end smallexample @noindent with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print @smallexample $1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@} @end smallexample @noindent and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print @smallexample $1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@} @end smallexample @end table @need 1000 @noindent These settings are of interest when debugging C@t{++} programs: @table @code @cindex demangling @kindex set print demangle @item set print demangle @itemx set print demangle on Print C@t{++} names in their source form rather than in the encoded (``mangled'') form passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage. The default is on. @kindex show print demangle @item show print demangle Show whether C@t{++} names are printed in mangled or demangled form. @kindex set print asm-demangle @item set print asm-demangle @itemx set print asm-demangle on Print C@t{++} names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies. The default is off. @kindex show print asm-demangle @item show print asm-demangle Show whether C@t{++} names in assembly listings are printed in mangled or demangled form. @kindex set demangle-style @cindex C@t{++} symbol decoding style @cindex symbol decoding style, C@t{++} @item set demangle-style @var{style} Choose among several encoding schemes used by different compilers to represent C@t{++} names. The choices for @var{style} are currently: @table @code @item auto Allow @value{GDBN} to choose a decoding style by inspecting your program. @item gnu Decode based on the @sc{gnu} C@t{++} compiler (@code{g++}) encoding algorithm. This is the default. @item hp Decode based on the HP ANSI C@t{++} (@code{aCC}) encoding algorithm. @item lucid Decode based on the Lucid C@t{++} compiler (@code{lcc}) encoding algorithm. @item arm Decode using the algorithm in the @cite{C@t{++} Annotated Reference Manual}. @strong{Warning:} this setting alone is not sufficient to allow debugging @code{cfront}-generated executables. @value{GDBN} would require further enhancement to permit that. @end table If you omit @var{style}, you will see a list of possible formats. @kindex show demangle-style @item show demangle-style Display the encoding style currently in use for decoding C@t{++} symbols. @kindex set print object @item set print object @itemx set print object on When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual} (derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using the virtual function table. @item set print object off Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the virtual function table. This is the default setting. @kindex show print object @item show print object Show whether actual, or declared, object types are displayed. @kindex set print static-members @item set print static-members @itemx set print static-members on Print static members when displaying a C@t{++} object. The default is on. @item set print static-members off Do not print static members when displaying a C@t{++} object. @kindex show print static-members @item show print static-members Show whether C@t{++} static members are printed, or not. @c These don't work with HP ANSI C++ yet. @kindex set print vtbl @item set print vtbl @itemx set print vtbl on Pretty print C@t{++} virtual function tables. The default is off. (The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP ANSI C@t{++} compiler (@code{aCC}).) @item set print vtbl off Do not pretty print C@t{++} virtual function tables. @kindex show print vtbl @item show print vtbl Show whether C@t{++} virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not. @end table @node Value History @section Value history @cindex value history Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in the @value{GDBN} @dfn{value history}. This allows you to refer to them in other expressions. Values are kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table. @cindex @code{$} @cindex @code{$$} @cindex history number The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} by which you can refer to them. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = } before the value; here @var{num} is the history number. To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that. @code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2} is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to @code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}. For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type @smallexample p *$ @end smallexample If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this: @smallexample p *$.next @end smallexample @noindent You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}. Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of @code{x} is 4 and you type these commands: @smallexample print x set x=5 @end smallexample @noindent then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed. @table @code @kindex show values @item show values Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers. This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show values} does not change the history. @item show values @var{n} Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}. @item show values + Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more values are available, @code{show values +} produces no display. @end table Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the same effect as @samp{show values +}. @node Convenience Vars @section Convenience variables @cindex convenience variables @value{GDBN} provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within @value{GDBN} to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables exist entirely within @value{GDBN}; they are not part of your program, and setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution of your program. That is why you can use them freely. Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by @samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers, ,Registers}). (Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value history}.) You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. For example: @smallexample set $foo = *object_ptr @end smallexample @noindent would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by @code{object_ptr}. Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it, but its value is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with another assignment at any time. Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value. @table @code @kindex show convenience @item show convenience Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values. Abbreviated @code{show conv}. @end table One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print a field from successive elements of an array of structures: @smallexample set $i = 0 print bar[$i++]->contents @end smallexample @noindent Repeat that command by typing @key{RET}. Some convenience variables are created automatically by @value{GDBN} and given values likely to be useful. @table @code @vindex $_@r{, convenience variable} @item $_ The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining memory}). Other commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line} and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *} except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer to the type of @code{$__}. @vindex $__@r{, convenience variable} @item $__ The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen to match the format in which the data was printed. @item $_exitcode @vindex $_exitcode@r{, convenience variable} The variable @code{$_exitcode} is automatically set to the exit code when the program being debugged terminates. @end table On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that begins with a dollar sign, @value{GDBN} searches for a user or system name first, before it searches for a convenience variable. @node Registers @section Registers @cindex registers You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on your machine. @table @code @kindex info registers @item info registers Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point registers (in the selected stack frame). @kindex info all-registers @cindex floating point registers @item info all-registers Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point registers. @item info registers @var{regname} @dots{} Print the @dfn{relativized} value of each specified register @var{regname}. As discussed in detail below, register values are normally relative to the selected stack frame. @var{regname} may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with or without the initial @samp{$}. @end table @value{GDBN} has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names @code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a register that contains the processor status. For example, you could print the program counter in hex with @smallexample p/x $pc @end smallexample @noindent or print the instruction to be executed next with @smallexample x/i $pc @end smallexample @noindent or add four to the stack pointer@footnote{This is a way of removing one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack, regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return}; see @ref{Returning, ,Returning from a function}.} with @smallexample set $sp += 4 @end smallexample Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics, so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you can also refer to it as @code{$ps}; and on x86-based machines @code{$ps} is an alias for the @sc{eflags} register. @value{GDBN} always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value (although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with @samp{print/f $@var{regname}}). Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by the operating system is not the same one that your program normally sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such cases, @value{GDBN} normally works with the virtual format only (the format that makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command prints the data in both formats. Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}). This means that you get the value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost frame (with @samp{frame 0}). However, @value{GDBN} must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if @value{GDBN} is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack frame makes no difference. @node Floating Point Hardware @section Floating point hardware @cindex floating point Depending on the configuration, @value{GDBN} may be able to give you more information about the status of the floating point hardware. @table @code @kindex info float @item info float Display hardware-dependent information about the floating point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the floating point chip. Currently, @samp{info float} is supported on the ARM and x86 machines. @end table @node Vector Unit @section Vector Unit @cindex vector unit Depending on the configuration, @value{GDBN} may be able to give you more information about the status of the vector unit. @table @code @kindex info vector @item info vector Display information about the vector unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the hardware. @end table @node Memory Region Attributes @section Memory region attributes @cindex memory region attributes @dfn{Memory region attributes} allow you to describe special handling required by regions of your target's memory. @value{GDBN} uses attributes to determine whether to allow certain types of memory accesses; whether to use specific width accesses; and whether to cache target memory. Defined memory regions can be individually enabled and disabled. When a memory region is disabled, @value{GDBN} uses the default attributes when accessing memory in that region. Similarly, if no memory regions have been defined, @value{GDBN} uses the default attributes when accessing all memory. When a memory region is defined, it is given a number to identify it; to enable, disable, or remove a memory region, you specify that number. @table @code @kindex mem @item mem @var{lower} @var{upper} @var{attributes}@dots{} Define memory region bounded by @var{lower} and @var{upper} with attributes @var{attributes}@dots{}. Note that @var{upper} == 0 is a special case: it is treated as the the target's maximum memory address. (0xffff on 16 bit targets, 0xffffffff on 32 bit targets, etc.) @kindex delete mem @item delete mem @var{nums}@dots{} Remove memory regions @var{nums}@dots{}. @kindex disable mem @item disable mem @var{nums}@dots{} Disable memory regions @var{nums}@dots{}. A disabled memory region is not forgotten. It may be enabled again later. @kindex enable mem @item enable mem @var{nums}@dots{} Enable memory regions @var{nums}@dots{}. @kindex info mem @item info mem Print a table of all defined memory regions, with the following columns for each region. @table @emph @item Memory Region Number @item Enabled or Disabled. Enabled memory regions are marked with @samp{y}. Disabled memory regions are marked with @samp{n}. @item Lo Address The address defining the inclusive lower bound of the memory region. @item Hi Address The address defining the exclusive upper bound of the memory region. @item Attributes The list of attributes set for this memory region. @end table @end table @subsection Attributes @subsubsection Memory Access Mode The access mode attributes set whether @value{GDBN} may make read or write accesses to a memory region. While these attributes prevent @value{GDBN} from performing invalid memory accesses, they do nothing to prevent the target system, I/O DMA, etc. from accessing memory. @table @code @item ro Memory is read only. @item wo Memory is write only. @item rw Memory is read/write. This is the default. @end table @subsubsection Memory Access Size The acccess size attributes tells @value{GDBN} to use specific sized accesses in the memory region. Often memory mapped device registers require specific sized accesses. If no access size attribute is specified, @value{GDBN} may use accesses of any size. @table @code @item 8 Use 8 bit memory accesses. @item 16 Use 16 bit memory accesses. @item 32 Use 32 bit memory accesses. @item 64 Use 64 bit memory accesses. @end table @c @subsubsection Hardware/Software Breakpoints @c The hardware/software breakpoint attributes set whether @value{GDBN} @c will use hardware or software breakpoints for the internal breakpoints @c used by the step, next, finish, until, etc. commands. @c @c @table @code @c @item hwbreak @c Always use hardware breakpoints @c @item swbreak (default) @c @end table @subsubsection Data Cache The data cache attributes set whether @value{GDBN} will cache target memory. While this generally improves performance by reducing debug protocol overhead, it can lead to incorrect results because @value{GDBN} does not know about volatile variables or memory mapped device registers. @table @code @item cache Enable @value{GDBN} to cache target memory. @item nocache Disable @value{GDBN} from caching target memory. This is the default. @end table @c @subsubsection Memory Write Verification @c The memory write verification attributes set whether @value{GDBN} @c will re-reads data after each write to verify the write was successful. @c @c @table @code @c @item verify @c @item noverify (default) @c @end table @node Dump/Restore Files @section Copy between memory and a file @cindex dump/restore files @cindex append data to a file @cindex dump data to a file @cindex restore data from a file @kindex dump @kindex append @kindex restore The commands @code{dump}, @code{append}, and @code{restore} are used for copying data between target memory and a file. Data is written into a file using @code{dump} or @code{append}, and restored from a file into memory by using @code{restore}. Files may be binary, srec, intel hex, or tekhex (but only binary files can be appended). @table @code @kindex dump binary @kindex append binary @item dump binary memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr} Dump contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr} into raw binary format file @var{filename}. @item append binary memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr} Append contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr} to raw binary format file @var{filename}. @item dump binary value @var{filename} @var{expression} Dump value of @var{expression} into raw binary format file @var{filename}. @item append binary memory @var{filename} @var{expression} Append value of @var{expression} to raw binary format file @var{filename}. @kindex dump ihex @item dump ihex memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr} Dump contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr} into intel hex format file @var{filename}. @item dump ihex value @var{filename} @var{expression} Dump value of @var{expression} into intel hex format file @var{filename}. @kindex dump srec @item dump srec memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr} Dump contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr} into srec format file @var{filename}. @item dump srec value @var{filename} @var{expression} Dump value of @var{expression} into srec format file @var{filename}. @kindex dump tekhex @item dump tekhex memory @var{filename} @var{start_addr} @var{end_addr} Dump contents of memory from @var{start_addr} to @var{end_addr} into tekhex format file @var{filename}. @item dump tekhex value @var{filename} @var{expression} Dump value of @var{expression} into tekhex format file @var{filename}. @item restore @var{filename} [@var{binary}] @var{bias} @var{start} @var{end} Restore the contents of file @var{filename} into memory. The @code{restore} command can automatically recognize any known bfd file format, except for raw binary. To restore a raw binary file you must use the optional argument @var{binary} after the filename. If @var{bias} is non-zero, its value will be added to the addresses contained in the file. Binary files always start at address zero, so they will be restored at address @var{bias}. Other bfd files have a built-in location; they will be restored at offset @var{bias} from that location. If @var{start} and/or @var{end} are non-zero, then only data between file offset @var{start} and file offset @var{end} will be restored. These offsets are relative to the addresses in the file, before the @var{bias} argument is applied. @end table @node Character Sets @section Character Sets @cindex character sets @cindex charset @cindex translating between character sets @cindex host character set @cindex target character set If the program you are debugging uses a different character set to represent characters and strings than the one @value{GDBN} uses itself, @value{GDBN} can automatically translate between the character sets for you. The character set @value{GDBN} uses we call the @dfn{host character set}; the one the inferior program uses we call the @dfn{target character set}. For example, if you are running @value{GDBN} on a @sc{gnu}/Linux system, which uses the ISO Latin 1 character set, but you are using @value{GDBN}'s remote protocol (@pxref{Remote,Remote Debugging}) to debug a program running on an IBM mainframe, which uses the @sc{ebcdic} character set, then the host character set is Latin-1, and the target character set is @sc{ebcdic}. If you give @value{GDBN} the command @code{set target-charset ebcdic-us}, then @value{GDBN} translates between @sc{ebcdic} and Latin 1 as you print character or string values, or use character and string literals in expressions. @value{GDBN} has no way to automatically recognize which character set the inferior program uses; you must tell it, using the @code{set target-charset} command, described below. Here are the commands for controlling @value{GDBN}'s character set support: @table @code @item set target-charset @var{charset} @kindex set target-charset Set the current target character set to @var{charset}. We list the character set names @value{GDBN} recognizes below, but if you invoke the @code{set target-charset} command with no argument, @value{GDBN} lists the character sets it supports. @end table @table @code @item set host-charset @var{charset} @kindex set host-charset Set the current host character set to @var{charset}. By default, @value{GDBN} uses a host character set appropriate to the system it is running on; you can override that default using the @code{set host-charset} command. @value{GDBN} can only use certain character sets as its host character set. We list the character set names @value{GDBN} recognizes below, and indicate which can be host character sets, but if you invoke the @code{set host-charset} command with no argument, @value{GDBN} lists the character sets it supports, placing an asterisk (@samp{*}) after those it can use as a host character set. @item set charset @var{charset} @kindex set charset Set the current host and target character sets to @var{charset}. If you invoke the @code{set charset} command with no argument, it lists the character sets it supports. @value{GDBN} can only use certain character sets as its host character set; it marks those in the list with an asterisk (@samp{*}). @item show charset @itemx show host-charset @itemx show target-charset @kindex show charset @kindex show host-charset @kindex show target-charset Show the current host and target charsets. The @code{show host-charset} and @code{show target-charset} commands are synonyms for @code{show charset}. @end table @value{GDBN} currently includes support for the following character sets: @table @code @item ASCII @cindex ASCII character set Seven-bit U.S. @sc{ascii}. @value{GDBN} can use this as its host character set. @item ISO-8859-1 @cindex ISO 8859-1 character set @cindex ISO Latin 1 character set The ISO Latin 1 character set. This extends ASCII with accented characters needed for French, German, and Spanish. @value{GDBN} can use this as its host character set. @item EBCDIC-US @itemx IBM1047 @cindex EBCDIC character set @cindex IBM1047 character set Variants of the @sc{ebcdic} character set, used on some of IBM's mainframe operating systems. (@sc{gnu}/Linux on the S/390 uses U.S. @sc{ascii}.) @value{GDBN} cannot use these as its host character set. @end table Note that these are all single-byte character sets. More work inside GDB is needed to support multi-byte or variable-width character encodings, like the UTF-8 and UCS-2 encodings of Unicode. Here is an example of @value{GDBN}'s character set support in action. Assume that the following source code has been placed in the file @file{charset-test.c}: @smallexample #include char ascii_hello[] = @{72, 101, 108, 108, 111, 44, 32, 119, 111, 114, 108, 100, 33, 10, 0@}; char ibm1047_hello[] = @{200, 133, 147, 147, 150, 107, 64, 166, 150, 153, 147, 132, 90, 37, 0@}; main () @{ printf ("Hello, world!\n"); @} @end smallexample In this program, @code{ascii_hello} and @code{ibm1047_hello} are arrays containing the string @samp{Hello, world!} followed by a newline, encoded in the @sc{ascii} and @sc{ibm1047} character sets. We compile the program, and invoke the debugger on it: @smallexample $ gcc -g charset-test.c -o charset-test $ gdb -nw charset-test GNU gdb 2001-12-19-cvs Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @dots{} (gdb) @end smallexample We can use the @code{show charset} command to see what character sets @value{GDBN} is currently using to interpret and display characters and strings: @smallexample (gdb) show charset The current host and target character set is `iso-8859-1'. (gdb) @end smallexample For the sake of printing this manual, let's use @sc{ascii} as our initial character set: @smallexample (gdb) set charset ascii (gdb) show charset The current host and target character set is `ascii'. (gdb) @end smallexample Let's assume that @sc{ascii} is indeed the correct character set for our host system --- in other words, let's assume that if @value{GDBN} prints characters using the @sc{ascii} character set, our terminal will display them properly. Since our current target character set is also @sc{ascii}, the contents of @code{ascii_hello} print legibly: @smallexample (gdb) print ascii_hello $1 = 0x401698 "Hello, world!\n" (gdb) print ascii_hello[0] $2 = 72 'H' (gdb) @end smallexample @value{GDBN} uses the target character set for character and string literals you use in expressions: @smallexample (gdb) print '+' $3 = 43 '+' (gdb) @end smallexample The @sc{ascii} character set uses the number 43 to encode the @samp{+} character. @value{GDBN} relies on the user to tell it which character set the target program uses. If we print @code{ibm1047_hello} while our target character set is still @sc{ascii}, we get jibberish: @smallexample (gdb) print ibm1047_hello $4 = 0x4016a8 "\310\205\223\223\226k@@\246\226\231\223\204Z%" (gdb) print ibm1047_hello[0] $5 = 200 '\310' (gdb) @end smallexample If we invoke the @code{set target-charset} command without an argument, @value{GDBN} tells us the character sets it supports: @smallexample (gdb) set target-charset Valid character sets are: ascii * iso-8859-1 * ebcdic-us ibm1047 * - can be used as a host character set @end smallexample We can select @sc{ibm1047} as our target character set, and examine the program's strings again. Now the @sc{ascii} string is wrong, but @value{GDBN} translates the contents of @code{ibm1047_hello} from the target character set, @sc{ibm1047}, to the host character set, @sc{ascii}, and they display correctly: @smallexample (gdb) set target-charset ibm1047 (gdb) show charset The current host character set is `ascii'. The current target character set is `ibm1047'. (gdb) print ascii_hello $6 = 0x401698 "\110\145%%?\054\040\167?\162%\144\041\012" (gdb) print ascii_hello[0] $7 = 72 '\110' (gdb) print ibm1047_hello $8 = 0x4016a8 "Hello, world!\n" (gdb) print ibm1047_hello[0] $9 = 200 'H' (gdb) @end smallexample As above, @value{GDBN} uses the target character set for character and string literals you use in expressions: @smallexample (gdb) print '+' $10 = 78 '+' (gdb) @end smallexample The IBM1047 character set uses the number 78 to encode the @samp{+} character. @node Macros @chapter C Preprocessor Macros Some languages, such as C and C++, provide a way to define and invoke ``preprocessor macros'' which expand into strings of tokens. @value{GDBN} can evaluate expressions containing macro invocations, show the result of macro expansion, and show a macro's definition, including where it was defined. You may need to compile your program specially to provide @value{GDBN} with information about preprocessor macros. Most compilers do not include macros in their debugging information, even when you compile with the @option{-g} flag. @xref{Compilation}. A program may define a macro at one point, remove that definition later, and then provide a different definition after that. Thus, at different points in the program, a macro may have different definitions, or have no definition at all. If there is a current stack frame, @value{GDBN} uses the macros in scope at that frame's source code line. Otherwise, @value{GDBN} uses the macros in scope at the current listing location; see @ref{List}. At the moment, @value{GDBN} does not support the @code{##} token-splicing operator, the @code{#} stringification operator, or variable-arity macros. Whenever @value{GDBN} evaluates an expression, it always expands any macro invocations present in the expression. @value{GDBN} also provides the following commands for working with macros explicitly. @table @code @kindex macro expand @cindex macro expansion, showing the results of preprocessor @cindex preprocessor macro expansion, showing the results of @cindex expanding preprocessor macros @item macro expand @var{expression} @itemx macro exp @var{expression} Show the results of expanding all preprocessor macro invocations in @var{expression}. Since @value{GDBN} simply expands macros, but does not parse the result, @var{expression} need not be a valid expression; it can be any string of tokens. @kindex macro expand-once @item macro expand-once @var{expression} @itemx macro exp1 @var{expression} @i{(This command is not yet implemented.)} Show the results of expanding those preprocessor macro invocations that appear explicitly in @var{expression}. Macro invocations appearing in that expansion are left unchanged. This command allows you to see the effect of a particular macro more clearly, without being confused by further expansions. Since @value{GDBN} simply expands macros, but does not parse the result, @var{expression} need not be a valid expression; it can be any string of tokens. @kindex info macro @cindex macro definition, showing @cindex definition, showing a macro's @item info macro @var{macro} Show the definition of the macro named @var{macro}, and describe the source location where that definition was established. @kindex macro define @cindex user-defined macros @cindex defining macros interactively @cindex macros, user-defined @item macro define @var{macro} @var{replacement-list} @itemx macro define @var{macro}(@var{arglist}) @var{replacement-list} @i{(This command is not yet implemented.)} Introduce a definition for a preprocessor macro named @var{macro}, invocations of which are replaced by the tokens given in @var{replacement-list}. The first form of this command defines an ``object-like'' macro, which takes no arguments; the second form defines a ``function-like'' macro, which takes the arguments given in @var{arglist}. A definition introduced by this command is in scope in every expression evaluated in @value{GDBN}, until it is removed with the @command{macro undef} command, described below. The definition overrides all definitions for @var{macro} present in the program being debugged, as well as any previous user-supplied definition. @kindex macro undef @item macro undef @var{macro} @i{(This command is not yet implemented.)} Remove any user-supplied definition for the macro named @var{macro}. This command only affects definitions provided with the @command{macro define} command, described above; it cannot remove definitions present in the program being debugged. @end table @cindex macros, example of debugging with Here is a transcript showing the above commands in action. First, we show our source files: @smallexample $ cat sample.c #include #include "sample.h" #define M 42 #define ADD(x) (M + x) main () @{ #define N 28 printf ("Hello, world!\n"); #undef N printf ("We're so creative.\n"); #define N 1729 printf ("Goodbye, world!\n"); @} $ cat sample.h #define Q < $ @end smallexample Now, we compile the program using the @sc{gnu} C compiler, @value{NGCC}. We pass the @option{-gdwarf-2} and @option{-g3} flags to ensure the compiler includes information about preprocessor macros in the debugging information. @smallexample $ gcc -gdwarf-2 -g3 sample.c -o sample $ @end smallexample Now, we start @value{GDBN} on our sample program: @smallexample $ gdb -nw sample GNU gdb 2002-05-06-cvs Copyright 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. GDB is free software, @dots{} (gdb) @end smallexample We can expand macros and examine their definitions, even when the program is not running. @value{GDBN} uses the current listing position to decide which macro definitions are in scope: @smallexample (gdb) list main 3 4 #define M 42 5 #define ADD(x) (M + x) 6 7 main () 8 @{ 9 #define N 28 10 printf ("Hello, world!\n"); 11 #undef N 12 printf ("We're so creative.\n"); (gdb) info macro ADD Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:5 #define ADD(x) (M + x) (gdb) info macro Q Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.h:1 included at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:2 #define Q < (gdb) macro expand ADD(1) expands to: (42 + 1) (gdb) macro expand-once ADD(1) expands to: once (M + 1) (gdb) @end smallexample In the example above, note that @command{macro expand-once} expands only the macro invocation explicit in the original text --- the invocation of @code{ADD} --- but does not expand the invocation of the macro @code{M}, which was introduced by @code{ADD}. Once the program is running, GDB uses the macro definitions in force at the source line of the current stack frame: @smallexample (gdb) break main Breakpoint 1 at 0x8048370: file sample.c, line 10. (gdb) run Starting program: /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample Breakpoint 1, main () at sample.c:10 10 printf ("Hello, world!\n"); (gdb) @end smallexample At line 10, the definition of the macro @code{N} at line 9 is in force: @smallexample (gdb) info macro N Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:9 #define N 28 (gdb) macro expand N Q M expands to: 28 < 42 (gdb) print N Q M $1 = 1 (gdb) @end smallexample As we step over directives that remove @code{N}'s definition, and then give it a new definition, @value{GDBN} finds the definition (or lack thereof) in force at each point: @smallexample (gdb) next Hello, world! 12 printf ("We're so creative.\n"); (gdb) info macro N The symbol `N' has no definition as a C/C++ preprocessor macro at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:12 (gdb) next We're so creative. 14 printf ("Goodbye, world!\n"); (gdb) info macro N Defined at /home/jimb/gdb/macros/play/sample.c:13 #define N 1729 (gdb) macro expand N Q M expands to: 1729 < 42 (gdb) print N Q M $2 = 0 (gdb) @end smallexample @node Tracepoints @chapter Tracepoints @c This chapter is based on the documentation written by Michael @c Snyder, David Taylor, Jim Blandy, and Elena Zannoni. @cindex tracepoints In some applications, it is not feasible for the debugger to interrupt the program's execution long enough for the developer to learn anything helpful about its behavior. If the program's correctness depends on its real-time behavior, delays introduced by a debugger might cause the program to change its behavior drastically, or perhaps fail, even when the code itself is correct. It is useful to be able to observe the program's behavior without interrupting it. Using @value{GDBN}'s @code{trace} and @code{collect} commands, you can specify locations in the program, called @dfn{tracepoints}, and arbitrary expressions to evaluate when those tracepoints are reached. Later, using the @code{tfind} command, you can examine the values those expressions had when the program hit the tracepoints. The expressions may also denote objects in memory---structures or arrays, for example---whose values @value{GDBN} should record; while visiting a particular tracepoint, you may inspect those objects as if they were in memory at that moment. However, because @value{GDBN} records these values without interacting with you, it can do so quickly and unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's behavior. The tracepoint facility is currently available only for remote targets. @xref{Targets}. In addition, your remote target must know how to collect trace data. This functionality is implemented in the remote stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN} support tracepoints as of this writing. This chapter describes the tracepoint commands and features. @menu * Set Tracepoints:: * Analyze Collected Data:: * Tracepoint Variables:: @end menu @node Set Tracepoints @section Commands to Set Tracepoints Before running such a @dfn{trace experiment}, an arbitrary number of tracepoints can be set. Like a breakpoint (@pxref{Set Breaks}), a tracepoint has a number assigned to it by @value{GDBN}. Like with breakpoints, tracepoint numbers are successive integers starting from one. Many of the commands associated with tracepoints take the tracepoint number as their argument, to identify which tracepoint to work on. For each tracepoint, you can specify, in advance, some arbitrary set of data that you want the target to collect in the trace buffer when it hits that tracepoint. The collected data can include registers, local variables, or global data. Later, you can use @value{GDBN} commands to examine the values these data had at the time the tracepoint was hit. This section describes commands to set tracepoints and associated conditions and actions. @menu * Create and Delete Tracepoints:: * Enable and Disable Tracepoints:: * Tracepoint Passcounts:: * Tracepoint Actions:: * Listing Tracepoints:: * Starting and Stopping Trace Experiment:: @end menu @node Create and Delete Tracepoints @subsection Create and Delete Tracepoints @table @code @cindex set tracepoint @kindex trace @item trace The @code{trace} command is very similar to the @code{break} command. Its argument can be a source line, a function name, or an address in the target program. @xref{Set Breaks}. The @code{trace} command defines a tracepoint, which is a point in the target program where the debugger will briefly stop, collect some data, and then allow the program to continue. Setting a tracepoint or changing its commands doesn't take effect until the next @code{tstart} command; thus, you cannot change the tracepoint attributes once a trace experiment is running. Here are some examples of using the @code{trace} command: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo.c:121} // a source file and line number (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace +2} // 2 lines forward (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace my_function} // first source line of function (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace *my_function} // EXACT start address of function (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace *0x2117c4} // an address @end smallexample @noindent You can abbreviate @code{trace} as @code{tr}. @vindex $tpnum @cindex last tracepoint number @cindex recent tracepoint number @cindex tracepoint number The convenience variable @code{$tpnum} records the tracepoint number of the most recently set tracepoint. @kindex delete tracepoint @cindex tracepoint deletion @item delete tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]} Permanently delete one or more tracepoints. With no argument, the default is to delete all tracepoints. Examples: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{delete trace 1 2 3} // remove three tracepoints (@value{GDBP}) @b{delete trace} // remove all tracepoints @end smallexample @noindent You can abbreviate this command as @code{del tr}. @end table @node Enable and Disable Tracepoints @subsection Enable and Disable Tracepoints @table @code @kindex disable tracepoint @item disable tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]} Disable tracepoint @var{num}, or all tracepoints if no argument @var{num} is given. A disabled tracepoint will have no effect during the next trace experiment, but it is not forgotten. You can re-enable a disabled tracepoint using the @code{enable tracepoint} command. @kindex enable tracepoint @item enable tracepoint @r{[}@var{num}@r{]} Enable tracepoint @var{num}, or all tracepoints. The enabled tracepoints will become effective the next time a trace experiment is run. @end table @node Tracepoint Passcounts @subsection Tracepoint Passcounts @table @code @kindex passcount @cindex tracepoint pass count @item passcount @r{[}@var{n} @r{[}@var{num}@r{]]} Set the @dfn{passcount} of a tracepoint. The passcount is a way to automatically stop a trace experiment. If a tracepoint's passcount is @var{n}, then the trace experiment will be automatically stopped on the @var{n}'th time that tracepoint is hit. If the tracepoint number @var{num} is not specified, the @code{passcount} command sets the passcount of the most recently defined tracepoint. If no passcount is given, the trace experiment will run until stopped explicitly by the user. Examples: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{passcount 5 2} // Stop on the 5th execution of @exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// tracepoint 2} (@value{GDBP}) @b{passcount 12} // Stop on the 12th execution of the @exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// most recently defined tracepoint.} (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo} (@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 3} (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace bar} (@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 2} (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace baz} (@value{GDBP}) @b{pass 1} // Stop tracing when foo has been @exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// executed 3 times OR when bar has} @exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// been executed 2 times} @exdent @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @code{// OR when baz has been executed 1 time.} @end smallexample @end table @node Tracepoint Actions @subsection Tracepoint Action Lists @table @code @kindex actions @cindex tracepoint actions @item actions @r{[}@var{num}@r{]} This command will prompt for a list of actions to be taken when the tracepoint is hit. If the tracepoint number @var{num} is not specified, this command sets the actions for the one that was most recently defined (so that you can define a tracepoint and then say @code{actions} without bothering about its number). You specify the actions themselves on the following lines, one action at a time, and terminate the actions list with a line containing just @code{end}. So far, the only defined actions are @code{collect} and @code{while-stepping}. @cindex remove actions from a tracepoint To remove all actions from a tracepoint, type @samp{actions @var{num}} and follow it immediately with @samp{end}. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{collect @var{data}} // collect some data (@value{GDBP}) @b{while-stepping 5} // single-step 5 times, collect data (@value{GDBP}) @b{end} // signals the end of actions. @end smallexample In the following example, the action list begins with @code{collect} commands indicating the things to be collected when the tracepoint is hit. Then, in order to single-step and collect additional data following the tracepoint, a @code{while-stepping} command is used, followed by the list of things to be collected while stepping. The @code{while-stepping} command is terminated by its own separate @code{end} command. Lastly, the action list is terminated by an @code{end} command. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace foo} (@value{GDBP}) @b{actions} Enter actions for tracepoint 1, one per line: > collect bar,baz > collect $regs > while-stepping 12 > collect $fp, $sp > end end @end smallexample @kindex collect @r{(tracepoints)} @item collect @var{expr1}, @var{expr2}, @dots{} Collect values of the given expressions when the tracepoint is hit. This command accepts a comma-separated list of any valid expressions. In addition to global, static, or local variables, the following special arguments are supported: @table @code @item $regs collect all registers @item $args collect all function arguments @item $locals collect all local variables. @end table You can give several consecutive @code{collect} commands, each one with a single argument, or one @code{collect} command with several arguments separated by commas: the effect is the same. The command @code{info scope} (@pxref{Symbols, info scope}) is particularly useful for figuring out what data to collect. @kindex while-stepping @r{(tracepoints)} @item while-stepping @var{n} Perform @var{n} single-step traces after the tracepoint, collecting new data at each step. The @code{while-stepping} command is followed by the list of what to collect while stepping (followed by its own @code{end} command): @smallexample > while-stepping 12 > collect $regs, myglobal > end > @end smallexample @noindent You may abbreviate @code{while-stepping} as @code{ws} or @code{stepping}. @end table @node Listing Tracepoints @subsection Listing Tracepoints @table @code @kindex info tracepoints @cindex information about tracepoints @item info tracepoints @r{[}@var{num}@r{]} Display information about the tracepoint @var{num}. If you don't specify a tracepoint number, displays information about all the tracepoints defined so far. For each tracepoint, the following information is shown: @itemize @bullet @item its number @item whether it is enabled or disabled @item its address @item its passcount as given by the @code{passcount @var{n}} command @item its step count as given by the @code{while-stepping @var{n}} command @item where in the source files is the tracepoint set @item its action list as given by the @code{actions} command @end itemize @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{info trace} Num Enb Address PassC StepC What 1 y 0x002117c4 0 0 2 y 0x0020dc64 0 0 in g_test at g_test.c:1375 3 y 0x0020b1f4 0 0 in get_data at ../foo.c:41 (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample @noindent This command can be abbreviated @code{info tp}. @end table @node Starting and Stopping Trace Experiment @subsection Starting and Stopping Trace Experiment @table @code @kindex tstart @cindex start a new trace experiment @cindex collected data discarded @item tstart This command takes no arguments. It starts the trace experiment, and begins collecting data. This has the side effect of discarding all the data collected in the trace buffer during the previous trace experiment. @kindex tstop @cindex stop a running trace experiment @item tstop This command takes no arguments. It ends the trace experiment, and stops collecting data. @strong{Note:} a trace experiment and data collection may stop automatically if any tracepoint's passcount is reached (@pxref{Tracepoint Passcounts}), or if the trace buffer becomes full. @kindex tstatus @cindex status of trace data collection @cindex trace experiment, status of @item tstatus This command displays the status of the current trace data collection. @end table Here is an example of the commands we described so far: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace gdb_c_test} (@value{GDBP}) @b{actions} Enter actions for tracepoint #1, one per line. > collect $regs,$locals,$args > while-stepping 11 > collect $regs > end > end (@value{GDBP}) @b{tstart} [time passes @dots{}] (@value{GDBP}) @b{tstop} @end smallexample @node Analyze Collected Data @section Using the collected data After the tracepoint experiment ends, you use @value{GDBN} commands for examining the trace data. The basic idea is that each tracepoint collects a trace @dfn{snapshot} every time it is hit and another snapshot every time it single-steps. All these snapshots are consecutively numbered from zero and go into a buffer, and you can examine them later. The way you examine them is to @dfn{focus} on a specific trace snapshot. When the remote stub is focused on a trace snapshot, it will respond to all @value{GDBN} requests for memory and registers by reading from the buffer which belongs to that snapshot, rather than from @emph{real} memory or registers of the program being debugged. This means that @strong{all} @value{GDBN} commands (@code{print}, @code{info registers}, @code{backtrace}, etc.) will behave as if we were currently debugging the program state as it was when the tracepoint occurred. Any requests for data that are not in the buffer will fail. @menu * tfind:: How to select a trace snapshot * tdump:: How to display all data for a snapshot * save-tracepoints:: How to save tracepoints for a future run @end menu @node tfind @subsection @code{tfind @var{n}} @kindex tfind @cindex select trace snapshot @cindex find trace snapshot The basic command for selecting a trace snapshot from the buffer is @code{tfind @var{n}}, which finds trace snapshot number @var{n}, counting from zero. If no argument @var{n} is given, the next snapshot is selected. Here are the various forms of using the @code{tfind} command. @table @code @item tfind start Find the first snapshot in the buffer. This is a synonym for @code{tfind 0} (since 0 is the number of the first snapshot). @item tfind none Stop debugging trace snapshots, resume @emph{live} debugging. @item tfind end Same as @samp{tfind none}. @item tfind No argument means find the next trace snapshot. @item tfind - Find the previous trace snapshot before the current one. This permits retracing earlier steps. @item tfind tracepoint @var{num} Find the next snapshot associated with tracepoint @var{num}. Search proceeds forward from the last examined trace snapshot. If no argument @var{num} is given, it means find the next snapshot collected for the same tracepoint as the current snapshot. @item tfind pc @var{addr} Find the next snapshot associated with the value @var{addr} of the program counter. Search proceeds forward from the last examined trace snapshot. If no argument @var{addr} is given, it means find the next snapshot with the same value of PC as the current snapshot. @item tfind outside @var{addr1}, @var{addr2} Find the next snapshot whose PC is outside the given range of addresses. @item tfind range @var{addr1}, @var{addr2} Find the next snapshot whose PC is between @var{addr1} and @var{addr2}. @c FIXME: Is the range inclusive or exclusive? @item tfind line @r{[}@var{file}:@r{]}@var{n} Find the next snapshot associated with the source line @var{n}. If the optional argument @var{file} is given, refer to line @var{n} in that source file. Search proceeds forward from the last examined trace snapshot. If no argument @var{n} is given, it means find the next line other than the one currently being examined; thus saying @code{tfind line} repeatedly can appear to have the same effect as stepping from line to line in a @emph{live} debugging session. @end table The default arguments for the @code{tfind} commands are specifically designed to make it easy to scan through the trace buffer. For instance, @code{tfind} with no argument selects the next trace snapshot, and @code{tfind -} with no argument selects the previous trace snapshot. So, by giving one @code{tfind} command, and then simply hitting @key{RET} repeatedly you can examine all the trace snapshots in order. Or, by saying @code{tfind -} and then hitting @key{RET} repeatedly you can examine the snapshots in reverse order. The @code{tfind line} command with no argument selects the snapshot for the next source line executed. The @code{tfind pc} command with no argument selects the next snapshot with the same program counter (PC) as the current frame. The @code{tfind tracepoint} command with no argument selects the next trace snapshot collected by the same tracepoint as the current one. In addition to letting you scan through the trace buffer manually, these commands make it easy to construct @value{GDBN} scripts that scan through the trace buffer and print out whatever collected data you are interested in. Thus, if we want to examine the PC, FP, and SP registers from each trace frame in the buffer, we can say this: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start} (@value{GDBP}) @b{while ($trace_frame != -1)} > printf "Frame %d, PC = %08X, SP = %08X, FP = %08X\n", \ $trace_frame, $pc, $sp, $fp > tfind > end Frame 0, PC = 0020DC64, SP = 0030BF3C, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 1, PC = 0020DC6C, SP = 0030BF38, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 2, PC = 0020DC70, SP = 0030BF34, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 3, PC = 0020DC74, SP = 0030BF30, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 4, PC = 0020DC78, SP = 0030BF2C, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 5, PC = 0020DC7C, SP = 0030BF28, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 6, PC = 0020DC80, SP = 0030BF24, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 7, PC = 0020DC84, SP = 0030BF20, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 8, PC = 0020DC88, SP = 0030BF1C, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 9, PC = 0020DC8E, SP = 0030BF18, FP = 0030BF44 Frame 10, PC = 00203F6C, SP = 0030BE3C, FP = 0030BF14 @end smallexample Or, if we want to examine the variable @code{X} at each source line in the buffer: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start} (@value{GDBP}) @b{while ($trace_frame != -1)} > printf "Frame %d, X == %d\n", $trace_frame, X > tfind line > end Frame 0, X = 1 Frame 7, X = 2 Frame 13, X = 255 @end smallexample @node tdump @subsection @code{tdump} @kindex tdump @cindex dump all data collected at tracepoint @cindex tracepoint data, display This command takes no arguments. It prints all the data collected at the current trace snapshot. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{trace 444} (@value{GDBP}) @b{actions} Enter actions for tracepoint #2, one per line: > collect $regs, $locals, $args, gdb_long_test > end (@value{GDBP}) @b{tstart} (@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind line 444} #0 gdb_test (p1=0x11, p2=0x22, p3=0x33, p4=0x44, p5=0x55, p6=0x66) at gdb_test.c:444 444 printp( "%s: arguments = 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X 0x%X\n", ) (@value{GDBP}) @b{tdump} Data collected at tracepoint 2, trace frame 1: d0 0xc4aa0085 -995491707 d1 0x18 24 d2 0x80 128 d3 0x33 51 d4 0x71aea3d 119204413 d5 0x22 34 d6 0xe0 224 d7 0x380035 3670069 a0 0x19e24a 1696330 a1 0x3000668 50333288 a2 0x100 256 a3 0x322000 3284992 a4 0x3000698 50333336 a5 0x1ad3cc 1758156 fp 0x30bf3c 0x30bf3c sp 0x30bf34 0x30bf34 ps 0x0 0 pc 0x20b2c8 0x20b2c8 fpcontrol 0x0 0 fpstatus 0x0 0 fpiaddr 0x0 0 p = 0x20e5b4 "gdb-test" p1 = (void *) 0x11 p2 = (void *) 0x22 p3 = (void *) 0x33 p4 = (void *) 0x44 p5 = (void *) 0x55 p6 = (void *) 0x66 gdb_long_test = 17 '\021' (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample @node save-tracepoints @subsection @code{save-tracepoints @var{filename}} @kindex save-tracepoints @cindex save tracepoints for future sessions This command saves all current tracepoint definitions together with their actions and passcounts, into a file @file{@var{filename}} suitable for use in a later debugging session. To read the saved tracepoint definitions, use the @code{source} command (@pxref{Command Files}). @node Tracepoint Variables @section Convenience Variables for Tracepoints @cindex tracepoint variables @cindex convenience variables for tracepoints @table @code @vindex $trace_frame @item (int) $trace_frame The current trace snapshot (a.k.a.@: @dfn{frame}) number, or -1 if no snapshot is selected. @vindex $tracepoint @item (int) $tracepoint The tracepoint for the current trace snapshot. @vindex $trace_line @item (int) $trace_line The line number for the current trace snapshot. @vindex $trace_file @item (char []) $trace_file The source file for the current trace snapshot. @vindex $trace_func @item (char []) $trace_func The name of the function containing @code{$tracepoint}. @end table Note: @code{$trace_file} is not suitable for use in @code{printf}, use @code{output} instead. Here's a simple example of using these convenience variables for stepping through all the trace snapshots and printing some of their data. @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{tfind start} (@value{GDBP}) @b{while $trace_frame != -1} > output $trace_file > printf ", line %d (tracepoint #%d)\n", $trace_line, $tracepoint > tfind > end @end smallexample @node Overlays @chapter Debugging Programs That Use Overlays @cindex overlays If your program is too large to fit completely in your target system's memory, you can sometimes use @dfn{overlays} to work around this problem. @value{GDBN} provides some support for debugging programs that use overlays. @menu * How Overlays Work:: A general explanation of overlays. * Overlay Commands:: Managing overlays in @value{GDBN}. * Automatic Overlay Debugging:: @value{GDBN} can find out which overlays are mapped by asking the inferior. * Overlay Sample Program:: A sample program using overlays. @end menu @node How Overlays Work @section How Overlays Work @cindex mapped overlays @cindex unmapped overlays @cindex load address, overlay's @cindex mapped address @cindex overlay area Suppose you have a computer whose instruction address space is only 64 kilobytes long, but which has much more memory which can be accessed by other means: special instructions, segment registers, or memory management hardware, for example. Suppose further that you want to adapt a program which is larger than 64 kilobytes to run on this system. One solution is to identify modules of your program which are relatively independent, and need not call each other directly; call these modules @dfn{overlays}. Separate the overlays from the main program, and place their machine code in the larger memory. Place your main program in instruction memory, but leave at least enough space there to hold the largest overlay as well. Now, to call a function located in an overlay, you must first copy that overlay's machine code from the large memory into the space set aside for it in the instruction memory, and then jump to its entry point there. @c NB: In the below the mapped area's size is greater or equal to the @c size of all overlays. This is intentional to remind the developer @c that overlays don't necessarily need to be the same size. @smallexample @group Data Instruction Larger Address Space Address Space Address Space +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+ | | | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ +-----------+<-- overlay 1 | program | | main | .----| overlay 1 | load address | variables | | program | | +-----------+ | and heap | | | | | | +-----------+ | | | +-----------+<-- overlay 2 | | +-----------+ | | | load address +-----------+ | | | .-| overlay 2 | | | | | | | mapped --->+-----------+ | | +-----------+ address | | | | | | | overlay | <-' | | | | area | <---' +-----------+<-- overlay 3 | | <---. | | load address +-----------+ `--| overlay 3 | | | | | +-----------+ | | +-----------+ | | +-----------+ @anchor{A code overlay}A code overlay @end group @end smallexample The diagram (@pxref{A code overlay}) shows a system with separate data and instruction address spaces. To map an overlay, the program copies its code from the larger address space to the instruction address space. Since the overlays shown here all use the same mapped address, only one may be mapped at a time. For a system with a single address space for data and instructions, the diagram would be similar, except that the program variables and heap would share an address space with the main program and the overlay area. An overlay loaded into instruction memory and ready for use is called a @dfn{mapped} overlay; its @dfn{mapped address} is its address in the instruction memory. An overlay not present (or only partially present) in instruction memory is called @dfn{unmapped}; its @dfn{load address} is its address in the larger memory. The mapped address is also called the @dfn{virtual memory address}, or @dfn{VMA}; the load address is also called the @dfn{load memory address}, or @dfn{LMA}. Unfortunately, overlays are not a completely transparent way to adapt a program to limited instruction memory. They introduce a new set of global constraints you must keep in mind as you design your program: @itemize @bullet @item Before calling or returning to a function in an overlay, your program must make sure that overlay is actually mapped. Otherwise, the call or return will transfer control to the right address, but in the wrong overlay, and your program will probably crash. @item If the process of mapping an overlay is expensive on your system, you will need to choose your overlays carefully to minimize their effect on your program's performance. @item The executable file you load onto your system must contain each overlay's instructions, appearing at the overlay's load address, not its mapped address. However, each overlay's instructions must be relocated and its symbols defined as if the overlay were at its mapped address. You can use GNU linker scripts to specify different load and relocation addresses for pieces of your program; see @ref{Overlay Description,,, ld.info, Using ld: the GNU linker}. @item The procedure for loading executable files onto your system must be able to load their contents into the larger address space as well as the instruction and data spaces. @end itemize The overlay system described above is rather simple, and could be improved in many ways: @itemize @bullet @item If your system has suitable bank switch registers or memory management hardware, you could use those facilities to make an overlay's load area contents simply appear at their mapped address in instruction space. This would probably be faster than copying the overlay to its mapped area in the usual way. @item If your overlays are small enough, you could set aside more than one overlay area, and have more than one overlay mapped at a time. @item You can use overlays to manage data, as well as instructions. In general, data overlays are even less transparent to your design than code overlays: whereas code overlays only require care when you call or return to functions, data overlays require care every time you access the data. Also, if you change the contents of a data overlay, you must copy its contents back out to its load address before you can copy a different data overlay into the same mapped area. @end itemize @node Overlay Commands @section Overlay Commands To use @value{GDBN}'s overlay support, each overlay in your program must correspond to a separate section of the executable file. The section's virtual memory address and load memory address must be the overlay's mapped and load addresses. Identifying overlays with sections allows @value{GDBN} to determine the appropriate address of a function or variable, depending on whether the overlay is mapped or not. @value{GDBN}'s overlay commands all start with the word @code{overlay}; you can abbreviate this as @code{ov} or @code{ovly}. The commands are: @table @code @item overlay off @kindex overlay off Disable @value{GDBN}'s overlay support. When overlay support is disabled, @value{GDBN} assumes that all functions and variables are always present at their mapped addresses. By default, @value{GDBN}'s overlay support is disabled. @item overlay manual @kindex overlay manual @cindex manual overlay debugging Enable @dfn{manual} overlay debugging. In this mode, @value{GDBN} relies on you to tell it which overlays are mapped, and which are not, using the @code{overlay map-overlay} and @code{overlay unmap-overlay} commands described below. @item overlay map-overlay @var{overlay} @itemx overlay map @var{overlay} @kindex overlay map-overlay @cindex map an overlay Tell @value{GDBN} that @var{overlay} is now mapped; @var{overlay} must be the name of the object file section containing the overlay. When an overlay is mapped, @value{GDBN} assumes it can find the overlay's functions and variables at their mapped addresses. @value{GDBN} assumes that any other overlays whose mapped ranges overlap that of @var{overlay} are now unmapped. @item overlay unmap-overlay @var{overlay} @itemx overlay unmap @var{overlay} @kindex overlay unmap-overlay @cindex unmap an overlay Tell @value{GDBN} that @var{overlay} is no longer mapped; @var{overlay} must be the name of the object file section containing the overlay. When an overlay is unmapped, @value{GDBN} assumes it can find the overlay's functions and variables at their load addresses. @item overlay auto @kindex overlay auto Enable @dfn{automatic} overlay debugging. In this mode, @value{GDBN} consults a data structure the overlay manager maintains in the inferior to see which overlays are mapped. For details, see @ref{Automatic Overlay Debugging}. @item overlay load-target @itemx overlay load @kindex overlay load-target @cindex reloading the overlay table Re-read the overlay table from the inferior. Normally, @value{GDBN} re-reads the table @value{GDBN} automatically each time the inferior stops, so this command should only be necessary if you have changed the overlay mapping yourself using @value{GDBN}. This command is only useful when using automatic overlay debugging. @item overlay list-overlays @itemx overlay list @cindex listing mapped overlays Display a list of the overlays currently mapped, along with their mapped addresses, load addresses, and sizes. @end table Normally, when @value{GDBN} prints a code address, it includes the name of the function the address falls in: @smallexample (gdb) print main $3 = @{int ()@} 0x11a0
@end smallexample @noindent When overlay debugging is enabled, @value{GDBN} recognizes code in unmapped overlays, and prints the names of unmapped functions with asterisks around them. For example, if @code{foo} is a function in an unmapped overlay, @value{GDBN} prints it this way: @smallexample (gdb) overlay list No sections are mapped. (gdb) print foo $5 = @{int (int)@} 0x100000 <*foo*> @end smallexample @noindent When @code{foo}'s overlay is mapped, @value{GDBN} prints the function's name normally: @smallexample (gdb) overlay list Section .ov.foo.text, loaded at 0x100000 - 0x100034, mapped at 0x1016 - 0x104a (gdb) print foo $6 = @{int (int)@} 0x1016 @end smallexample When overlay debugging is enabled, @value{GDBN} can find the correct address for functions and variables in an overlay, whether or not the overlay is mapped. This allows most @value{GDBN} commands, like @code{break} and @code{disassemble}, to work normally, even on unmapped code. However, @value{GDBN}'s breakpoint support has some limitations: @itemize @bullet @item @cindex breakpoints in overlays @cindex overlays, setting breakpoints in You can set breakpoints in functions in unmapped overlays, as long as @value{GDBN} can write to the overlay at its load address. @item @value{GDBN} can not set hardware or simulator-based breakpoints in unmapped overlays. However, if you set a breakpoint at the end of your overlay manager (and tell @value{GDBN} which overlays are now mapped, if you are using manual overlay management), @value{GDBN} will re-set its breakpoints properly. @end itemize @node Automatic Overlay Debugging @section Automatic Overlay Debugging @cindex automatic overlay debugging @value{GDBN} can automatically track which overlays are mapped and which are not, given some simple co-operation from the overlay manager in the inferior. If you enable automatic overlay debugging with the @code{overlay auto} command (@pxref{Overlay Commands}), @value{GDBN} looks in the inferior's memory for certain variables describing the current state of the overlays. Here are the variables your overlay manager must define to support @value{GDBN}'s automatic overlay debugging: @table @asis @item @code{_ovly_table}: This variable must be an array of the following structures: @smallexample struct @{ /* The overlay's mapped address. */ unsigned long vma; /* The size of the overlay, in bytes. */ unsigned long size; /* The overlay's load address. */ unsigned long lma; /* Non-zero if the overlay is currently mapped; zero otherwise. */ unsigned long mapped; @} @end smallexample @item @code{_novlys}: This variable must be a four-byte signed integer, holding the total number of elements in @code{_ovly_table}. @end table To decide whether a particular overlay is mapped or not, @value{GDBN} looks for an entry in @w{@code{_ovly_table}} whose @code{vma} and @code{lma} members equal the VMA and LMA of the overlay's section in the executable file. When @value{GDBN} finds a matching entry, it consults the entry's @code{mapped} member to determine whether the overlay is currently mapped. In addition, your overlay manager may define a function called @code{_ovly_debug_event}. If this function is defined, @value{GDBN} will silently set a breakpoint there. If the overlay manager then calls this function whenever it has changed the overlay table, this will enable @value{GDBN} to accurately keep track of which overlays are in program memory, and update any breakpoints that may be set in overlays. This will allow breakpoints to work even if the overlays are kept in ROM or other non-writable memory while they are not being executed. @node Overlay Sample Program @section Overlay Sample Program @cindex overlay example program When linking a program which uses overlays, you must place the overlays at their load addresses, while relocating them to run at their mapped addresses. To do this, you must write a linker script (@pxref{Overlay Description,,, ld.info, Using ld: the GNU linker}). Unfortunately, since linker scripts are specific to a particular host system, target architecture, and target memory layout, this manual cannot provide portable sample code demonstrating @value{GDBN}'s overlay support. However, the @value{GDBN} source distribution does contain an overlaid program, with linker scripts for a few systems, as part of its test suite. The program consists of the following files from @file{gdb/testsuite/gdb.base}: @table @file @item overlays.c The main program file. @item ovlymgr.c A simple overlay manager, used by @file{overlays.c}. @item foo.c @itemx bar.c @itemx baz.c @itemx grbx.c Overlay modules, loaded and used by @file{overlays.c}. @item d10v.ld @itemx m32r.ld Linker scripts for linking the test program on the @code{d10v-elf} and @code{m32r-elf} targets. @end table You can build the test program using the @code{d10v-elf} GCC cross-compiler like this: @smallexample $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c overlays.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c ovlymgr.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c foo.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c bar.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c baz.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g -c grbx.c $ d10v-elf-gcc -g overlays.o ovlymgr.o foo.o bar.o \ baz.o grbx.o -Wl,-Td10v.ld -o overlays @end smallexample The build process is identical for any other architecture, except that you must substitute the appropriate compiler and linker script for the target system for @code{d10v-elf-gcc} and @code{d10v.ld}. @node Languages @chapter Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages @cindex languages Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C, dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C appear as @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}. @cindex working language Language-specific information is built into @value{GDBN} for some languages, allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's native language, and allowing @value{GDBN} to output values in a manner consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The language you use to build expressions is called the @dfn{working language}. @menu * Setting:: Switching between source languages * Show:: Displaying the language * Checks:: Type and range checks * Support:: Supported languages @end menu @node Setting @section Switching between source languages There are two ways to control the working language---either have @value{GDBN} set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the @code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, @value{GDBN} defaults to setting the language automatically. The working language is used to determine how expressions you type are interpreted, how values are printed, etc. In addition to the working language, every source file that @value{GDBN} knows about has its own working language. For some object file formats, the compiler might indicate which language a particular source file is in. However, most of the time @value{GDBN} infers the language from the name of the file. The language of a source file controls whether C@t{++} names are demangled---this way @code{backtrace} can show each frame appropriately for its own language. There is no way to set the language of a source file from within @value{GDBN}, but you can set the language associated with a filename extension. @xref{Show, , Displaying the language}. This is most commonly a problem when you use a program, such as @code{cfront} or @code{f2c}, that generates C but is written in another language. In that case, make the program use @code{#line} directives in its C output; that way @value{GDBN} will know the correct language of the source code of the original program, and will display that source code, not the generated C code. @menu * Filenames:: Filename extensions and languages. * Manually:: Setting the working language manually * Automatically:: Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language @end menu @node Filenames @subsection List of filename extensions and languages If a source file name ends in one of the following extensions, then @value{GDBN} infers that its language is the one indicated. @table @file @item .c C source file @item .C @itemx .cc @itemx .cp @itemx .cpp @itemx .cxx @itemx .c++ C@t{++} source file @item .f @itemx .F Fortran source file @c OBSOLETE @item .ch @c OBSOLETE @itemx .c186 @c OBSOLETE @itemx .c286 @c OBSOLETE CHILL source file @item .mod Modula-2 source file @item .s @itemx .S Assembler source file. This actually behaves almost like C, but @value{GDBN} does not skip over function prologues when stepping. @end table In addition, you may set the language associated with a filename extension. @xref{Show, , Displaying the language}. @node Manually @subsection Setting the working language If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, expressions are interpreted the same way in your debugging session and your program. @kindex set language If you wish, you may set the language manually. To do this, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}}, where @var{lang} is the name of a language, such as @code{c} or @code{modula-2}. For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}. Setting the language manually prevents @value{GDBN} from updating the working language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the source language, when an expression is acceptable to both languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current source file were written in C, and @value{GDBN} was parsing Modula-2, a command such as: @smallexample print a = b + c @end smallexample @noindent might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add @code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare @code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value. @node Automatically @subsection Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language To have @value{GDBN} set the working language automatically, use @samp{set language local} or @samp{set language auto}. @value{GDBN} then infers the working language. That is, when your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a breakpoint), @value{GDBN} sets the working language to the language recorded for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown (that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the current working language is not changed, and @value{GDBN} issues a warning. This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries written in one source language can be used by a main program written in a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this case frees you from having to set the working language manually. @node Show @section Displaying the language The following commands help you find out which language is the working language, and also what language source files were written in. @kindex show language @kindex info frame@r{, show the source language} @kindex info source@r{, show the source language} @table @code @item show language Display the current working language. This is the language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program. @item info frame Display the source language for this frame. This language becomes the working language if you use an identifier from this frame. @xref{Frame Info, ,Information about a frame}, to identify the other information listed here. @item info source Display the source language of this source file. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}, to identify the other information listed here. @end table In unusual circumstances, you may have source files with extensions not in the standard list. You can then set the extension associated with a language explicitly: @kindex set extension-language @kindex info extensions @table @code @item set extension-language @var{.ext} @var{language} Set source files with extension @var{.ext} to be assumed to be in the source language @var{language}. @item info extensions List all the filename extensions and the associated languages. @end table @node Checks @section Type and range checking @quotation @emph{Warning:} In this release, the @value{GDBN} commands for type and range checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This section documents the intended facilities. @end quotation @c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range errors when your program is running. @value{GDBN} can check for conditions like the above if you wish. Although @value{GDBN} does not check the statements in your program, it can check expressions entered directly into @value{GDBN} for evaluation via the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language, @value{GDBN} can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for the default settings of supported languages. @menu * Type Checking:: An overview of type checking * Range Checking:: An overview of range checking @end menu @cindex type checking @cindex checks, type @node Type Checking @subsection An overview of type checking Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type, otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example, @smallexample 1 + 2 @result{} 3 @exdent but @error{} 1 + 2.3 @end smallexample The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3. For the expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell the @value{GDBN} type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and abandon the expression; or to only issue warnings when type mismatches occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of these, @value{GDBN} evaluates expressions like the second example above, but also issues a warning. Even if you turn type checking off, there may be other reasons related to type that prevent @value{GDBN} from evaluating an expression. For instance, @value{GDBN} does not know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make little sense to evaluate anyway. Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for further details on specific languages. @value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker: @kindex set check@r{, type} @kindex set check type @kindex show check type @table @code @item set check type auto Set type checking on or off based on the current working language. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for the default settings for each language. @item set check type on @itemx set check type off Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not match the language default. If any type mismatches occur in evaluating an expression while type checking is on, @value{GDBN} prints a message and aborts evaluation of the expression. @item set check type warn Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still be impossible for other reasons. For example, @value{GDBN} cannot add numbers and structures. @item show type Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not @value{GDBN} is setting it automatically. @end table @cindex range checking @cindex checks, range @node Range Checking @subsection An overview of range checking In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do not exceed the bounds of the array. For expressions you use in @value{GDBN} commands, you can tell @value{GDBN} to treat range errors in one of three ways: ignore them, always treat them as errors and abandon the expression, or issue warnings but evaluate the expression anyway. A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an array index bound, or when you type a constant that is not a member of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then @smallexample @var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s} @end smallexample This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, , Supported languages}, for further details on specific languages. @value{GDBN} provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker: @kindex set check@r{, range} @kindex set check range @kindex show check range @table @code @item set check range auto Set range checking on or off based on the current working language. @xref{Support, ,Supported languages}, for the default settings for each language. @item set check range on @itemx set check range off Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not match the language default. If a range error occurs and range checking is on, then a message is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted. @item set check range warn Output messages when the @value{GDBN} range checker detects a range error, but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many Unix systems). @item show range Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is being set automatically by @value{GDBN}. @end table @node Support @section Supported languages @value{GDBN} supports C, C@t{++}, Fortran, Java, @c OBSOLETE Chill, assembly, and Modula-2. @c This is false ... Some @value{GDBN} features may be used in expressions regardless of the language you use: the @value{GDBN} @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the @samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) can be used with the constructs of any supported language. The following sections detail to what degree each source language is supported by @value{GDBN}. These sections are not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a reference guide to what the @value{GDBN} expression parser accepts, and what input and output formats should look like for different languages. There are many good books written on each of these languages; please look to these for a language reference or tutorial. @menu * C:: C and C@t{++} * Modula-2:: Modula-2 @c OBSOLETE * Chill:: Chill @end menu @node C @subsection C and C@t{++} @cindex C and C@t{++} @cindex expressions in C or C@t{++} Since C and C@t{++} are so closely related, many features of @value{GDBN} apply to both languages. Whenever this is the case, we discuss those languages together. @cindex C@t{++} @cindex @code{g++}, @sc{gnu} C@t{++} compiler @cindex @sc{gnu} C@t{++} The C@t{++} debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the C@t{++} compiler and @value{GDBN}. Therefore, to debug your C@t{++} code effectively, you must compile your C@t{++} programs with a supported C@t{++} compiler, such as @sc{gnu} @code{g++}, or the HP ANSI C@t{++} compiler (@code{aCC}). For best results when using @sc{gnu} C@t{++}, use the stabs debugging format. You can select that format explicitly with the @code{g++} command-line options @samp{-gstabs} or @samp{-gstabs+}. See @ref{Debugging Options,,Options for Debugging Your Program or @sc{gnu} CC, gcc.info, Using @sc{gnu} CC}, for more information. @menu * C Operators:: C and C@t{++} operators * C Constants:: C and C@t{++} constants * C plus plus expressions:: C@t{++} expressions * C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C@t{++} * C Checks:: C and C@t{++} type and range checks * Debugging C:: @value{GDBN} and C * Debugging C plus plus:: @value{GDBN} features for C@t{++} @end menu @node C Operators @subsubsection C and C@t{++} operators @cindex C and C@t{++} operators Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance, @code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C@t{++}, the following definitions hold: @itemize @bullet @item @emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class specifiers; @code{char}; @code{enum}; and, for C@t{++}, @code{bool}. @item @emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float}, @code{double}, and @code{long double} (if supported by the target platform). @item @emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type} *)}. @item @emph{Scalar types} include all of the above. @end itemize @noindent The following operators are supported. They are listed here in order of increasing precedence: @table @code @item , The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire expression being the last expression evaluated. @item = Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value assigned. Defined on scalar types. @item @var{op}= Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}}, and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}. @w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precedence. @var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&}, @code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}. @item ?: The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an integral type. @item || Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types. @item && Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types. @item | Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types. @item ^ Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types. @item & Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types. @item ==@r{, }!= Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true. @item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>= Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal. Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true. @item <<@r{, }>> left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types. @item @@ The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). @item +@r{, }- Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and pointer types. @item *@r{, }/@r{, }% Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on integral types. @item ++@r{, }-- Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression; when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the operation takes place. @item * Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as @code{++}. @item & Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}. For debugging C@t{++}, @value{GDBN} implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what is allowed in the C@t{++} language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})} (or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}}) to examine the address where a C@t{++} reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is stored. @item - Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same precedence as @code{++}. @item ! Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as @code{++}. @item ~ Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as @code{++}. @item .@r{, }-> Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience, @value{GDBN} regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a pointer based on the stored type information. Defined on @code{struct} and @code{union} data. @item .*@r{, }->* Dereferences of pointers to members. @item [] Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as @code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}. @item () Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}. @item :: C@t{++} scope resolution operator. Defined on @code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types. @item :: Doubled colons also represent the @value{GDBN} scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). Same precedence as @code{::}, above. @end table If an operator is redefined in the user code, @value{GDBN} usually attempts to invoke the redefined version instead of using the operator's predefined meaning. @menu * C Constants:: @end menu @node C Constants @subsubsection C and C@t{++} constants @cindex C and C@t{++} constants @value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of C and C@t{++} in the following ways: @itemize @bullet @item Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are specified by a leading @samp{0} (i.e.@: zero), and hexadecimal constants by a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter @samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a @code{long} value. @item Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an exponent. An exponent is of the form: @samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents. A floating-point constant may also end with a letter @samp{f} or @samp{F}, specifying that the constant should be treated as being of the @code{float} (as opposed to the default @code{double}) type; or with a letter @samp{l} or @samp{L}, which specifies a @code{long double} constant. @item Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their integral equivalents. @item Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes (@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character (usually its @sc{ascii} value). Within quotes, the single character may be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where @samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example, @samp{\n} for newline. @item String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded by double quotes (@code{"}). Any valid character constant (as described above) may appear. Double quotes within the string must be preceded by a backslash, so for instance @samp{"a\"b'c"} is a string of five characters. @item Pointer constants are an integral value. You can also write pointers to constants using the C operator @samp{&}. @item Array constants are comma-separated lists surrounded by braces @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}; for example, @samp{@{1,2,3@}} is a three-element array of integers, @samp{@{@{1,2@}, @{3,4@}, @{5,6@}@}} is a three-by-two array, and @samp{@{&"hi", &"there", &"fred"@}} is a three-element array of pointers. @end itemize @menu * C plus plus expressions:: * C Defaults:: * C Checks:: * Debugging C:: @end menu @node C plus plus expressions @subsubsection C@t{++} expressions @cindex expressions in C@t{++} @value{GDBN} expression handling can interpret most C@t{++} expressions. @cindex C@t{++} support, not in @sc{coff} @cindex @sc{coff} versus C@t{++} @cindex C@t{++} and object formats @cindex object formats and C@t{++} @cindex a.out and C@t{++} @cindex @sc{ecoff} and C@t{++} @cindex @sc{xcoff} and C@t{++} @cindex @sc{elf}/stabs and C@t{++} @cindex @sc{elf}/@sc{dwarf} and C@t{++} @c FIXME!! GDB may eventually be able to debug C++ using DWARF; check @c periodically whether this has happened... @quotation @emph{Warning:} @value{GDBN} can only debug C@t{++} code if you use the proper compiler. Typically, C@t{++} debugging depends on the use of additional debugging information in the symbol table, and thus requires special support. In particular, if your compiler generates a.out, MIPS @sc{ecoff}, RS/6000 @sc{xcoff}, or @sc{elf} with stabs extensions to the symbol table, these facilities are all available. (With @sc{gnu} CC, you can use the @samp{-gstabs} option to request stabs debugging extensions explicitly.) Where the object code format is standard @sc{coff} or @sc{dwarf} in @sc{elf}, on the other hand, most of the C@t{++} support in @value{GDBN} does @emph{not} work. @end quotation @enumerate @cindex member functions @item Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like @smallexample count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y) @end smallexample @vindex this@r{, inside C@t{++} member functions} @cindex namespace in C@t{++} @item While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your expressions have the same namespace available as the member function; that is, @value{GDBN} allows implicit references to the class instance pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C@t{++}. @cindex call overloaded functions @cindex overloaded functions, calling @cindex type conversions in C@t{++} @item You can call overloaded functions; @value{GDBN} resolves the function call to the right definition, with some restrictions. @value{GDBN} does not perform overload resolution involving user-defined type conversions, calls to constructors, or instantiations of templates that do not exist in the program. It also cannot handle ellipsis argument lists or default arguments. It does perform integral conversions and promotions, floating-point promotions, arithmetic conversions, pointer conversions, conversions of class objects to base classes, and standard conversions such as those of functions or arrays to pointers; it requires an exact match on the number of function arguments. Overload resolution is always performed, unless you have specified @code{set overload-resolution off}. @xref{Debugging C plus plus, ,@value{GDBN} features for C@t{++}}. You must specify @code{set overload-resolution off} in order to use an explicit function signature to call an overloaded function, as in @smallexample p 'foo(char,int)'('x', 13) @end smallexample The @value{GDBN} command-completion facility can simplify this; see @ref{Completion, ,Command completion}. @cindex reference declarations @item @value{GDBN} understands variables declared as C@t{++} references; you can use them in expressions just as you do in C@t{++} source---they are automatically dereferenced. In the parameter list shown when @value{GDBN} displays a frame, the values of reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures. The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless you have specified @samp{set print address off}. @item @value{GDBN} supports the C@t{++} name resolution operator @code{::}---your expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if necessary, for example in an expression like @samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. @value{GDBN} also allows resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C@t{++} debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program variables}). @end enumerate In addition, when used with HP's C@t{++} compiler, @value{GDBN} supports calling virtual functions correctly, printing out virtual bases of objects, calling functions in a base subobject, casting objects, and invoking user-defined operators. @node C Defaults @subsubsection C and C@t{++} defaults @cindex C and C@t{++} defaults If you allow @value{GDBN} to set type and range checking automatically, they both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to C or C@t{++}. This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN} selects the working language. If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, it recognizes source files whose names end with @file{.c}, @file{.C}, or @file{.cc}, etc, and when @value{GDBN} enters code compiled from one of these files, it sets the working language to C or C@t{++}. @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} infer the source language}, for further details. @c Type checking is (a) primarily motivated by Modula-2, and (b) @c unimplemented. If (b) changes, it might make sense to let this node @c appear even if Mod-2 does not, but meanwhile ignore it. roland 16jul93. @node C Checks @subsubsection C and C@t{++} type and range checks @cindex C and C@t{++} checks By default, when @value{GDBN} parses C or C@t{++} expressions, type checking is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, @value{GDBN} considers two variables type equivalent if: @itemize @bullet @item The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or enumerated tag. @item The two variables have the same type name, or types that have been declared equivalent through @code{typedef}. @ignore @c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it. @c FIXME--beers? @item The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C compilers.) @end ignore @end itemize Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer that is not itself an array. @node Debugging C @subsubsection @value{GDBN} and C The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} is also printed. Otherwise, it appears as @samp{@{...@}}. The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed with pointers and a memory allocation function. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. @menu * Debugging C plus plus:: @end menu @node Debugging C plus plus @subsubsection @value{GDBN} features for C@t{++} @cindex commands for C@t{++} Some @value{GDBN} commands are particularly useful with C@t{++}, and some are designed specifically for use with C@t{++}. Here is a summary: @table @code @cindex break in overloaded functions @item @r{breakpoint menus} When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded, @value{GDBN} breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus,,Breakpoint menus}. @cindex overloading in C@t{++} @item rbreak @var{regex} Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special classes. @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. @cindex C@t{++} exception handling @item catch throw @itemx catch catch Debug C@t{++} exception handling using these commands. @xref{Set Catchpoints, , Setting catchpoints}. @cindex inheritance @item ptype @var{typename} Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type @var{typename}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}. @cindex C@t{++} symbol display @item set print demangle @itemx show print demangle @itemx set print asm-demangle @itemx show print asm-demangle Control whether C@t{++} symbols display in their source form, both when displaying code as C@t{++} source and when displaying disassemblies. @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. @item set print object @itemx show print object Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects. @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. @item set print vtbl @itemx show print vtbl Control the format for printing virtual function tables. @xref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. (The @code{vtbl} commands do not work on programs compiled with the HP ANSI C@t{++} compiler (@code{aCC}).) @kindex set overload-resolution @cindex overloaded functions, overload resolution @item set overload-resolution on Enable overload resolution for C@t{++} expression evaluation. The default is on. For overloaded functions, @value{GDBN} evaluates the arguments and searches for a function whose signature matches the argument types, using the standard C@t{++} conversion rules (see @ref{C plus plus expressions, ,C@t{++} expressions}, for details). If it cannot find a match, it emits a message. @item set overload-resolution off Disable overload resolution for C@t{++} expression evaluation. For overloaded functions that are not class member functions, @value{GDBN} chooses the first function of the specified name that it finds in the symbol table, whether or not its arguments are of the correct type. For overloaded functions that are class member functions, @value{GDBN} searches for a function whose signature @emph{exactly} matches the argument types. @item @r{Overloaded symbol names} You can specify a particular definition of an overloaded symbol, using the same notation that is used to declare such symbols in C@t{++}: type @code{@var{symbol}(@var{types})} rather than just @var{symbol}. You can also use the @value{GDBN} command-line word completion facilities to list the available choices, or to finish the type list for you. @xref{Completion,, Command completion}, for details on how to do this. @end table @node Modula-2 @subsection Modula-2 @cindex Modula-2, @value{GDBN} support The extensions made to @value{GDBN} to support Modula-2 only support output from the @sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed). Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to debug executables produced by them is most likely to give an error as @value{GDBN} reads in the executable's symbol table. @cindex expressions in Modula-2 @menu * M2 Operators:: Built-in operators * Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in functions and procedures * M2 Constants:: Modula-2 constants * M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2 * Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2 * M2 Checks:: Modula-2 type and range checks * M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.} * GDB/M2:: @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 @end menu @node M2 Operators @subsubsection Operators @cindex Modula-2 operators Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance, @code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the following definitions hold: @itemize @bullet @item @emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and their subranges. @item @emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges. @item @emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}. @item @emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO @var{type}}. @item @emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above. @item @emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET} and @code{BITSET} types. @item @emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}. @end itemize @noindent The following operators are supported, and appear in order of increasing precedence: @table @code @item , Function argument or array index separator. @item := Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is @var{value}. @item <@r{, }> Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated types. @item <=@r{, }>= Less than or equal to, greater than or equal to on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on set types. Same precedence as @code{<}. @item =@r{, }<>@r{, }# Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types. Same precedence as @code{<}. In @value{GDBN} scripts, only @code{<>} is available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script comment character. @item IN Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members. Same precedence as @code{<}. @item OR Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types. @item AND@r{, }& Boolean conjunction. Defined on boolean types. @item @@ The @value{GDBN} ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). @item +@r{, }- Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union and difference on set types. @item * Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection on set types. @item / Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set types. Same precedence as @code{*}. @item DIV@r{, }MOD Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as @code{*}. @item - Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER} and @code{REAL} data. @item ^ Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. @item NOT Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as @code{^}. @item . @code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD} data. Same precedence as @code{^}. @item [] Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY} data. Same precedence as @code{^}. @item () Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE} objects. Same precedence as @code{^}. @item ::@r{, }. @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 scope operators. @end table @quotation @emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so @value{GDBN} treats the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#}, @code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error. @end quotation @node Built-In Func/Proc @subsubsection Built-in functions and procedures @cindex Modula-2 built-ins Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions. In describing these, the following metavariables are used: @table @var @item a represents an @code{ARRAY} variable. @item c represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable. @item i represents a variable or constant of integral type. @item m represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}). @item n represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type. @item r represents a variable or constant of floating-point type. @item t represents a type. @item v represents a variable. @item x represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the explanation of the function for details. @end table All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below. @table @code @item ABS(@var{n}) Returns the absolute value of @var{n}. @item CAP(@var{c}) If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument. @item CHR(@var{i}) Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}. @item DEC(@var{v}) Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by one. Returns the new value. @item DEC(@var{v},@var{i}) Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the new value. @item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s}) Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new set. @item FLOAT(@var{i}) Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}. @item HIGH(@var{a}) Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}. @item INC(@var{v}) Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by one. Returns the new value. @item INC(@var{v},@var{i}) Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the new value. @item INCL(@var{m},@var{s}) Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already there. Returns the new set. @item MAX(@var{t}) Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}. @item MIN(@var{t}) Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}. @item ODD(@var{i}) Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number. @item ORD(@var{x}) Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal value of a character is its @sc{ascii} value (on machines supporting the @sc{ascii} character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include integral, character and enumerated types. @item SIZE(@var{x}) Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type. @item TRUNC(@var{r}) Returns the integral part of @var{r}. @item VAL(@var{t},@var{i}) Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}. @end table @quotation @emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so @value{GDBN} treats the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as an error. @end quotation @cindex Modula-2 constants @node M2 Constants @subsubsection Constants @value{GDBN} allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following ways: @itemize @bullet @item Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}. @item Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where @samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10) digits. @item Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may also be expressed by their ordinal value (their @sc{ascii} value, usually) followed by a @samp{C}. @item String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C Constants, ,C and C@t{++} constants}, for a brief explanation of escape sequences. @item Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier. @item Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and @code{FALSE}. @item Pointer constants consist of integral values only. @item Set constants are not yet supported. @end itemize @node M2 Defaults @subsubsection Modula-2 defaults @cindex Modula-2 defaults If type and range checking are set automatically by @value{GDBN}, they both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN} selected the working language. If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, then entering code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} sets the working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} set the language automatically}, for further details. @node Deviations @subsubsection Deviations from standard Modula-2 @cindex Modula-2, deviations from A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug. This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness: @itemize @bullet @item Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that returned a pointer.) @item C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent non-printable characters. @value{GDBN} prints out strings with these escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format. @item The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand argument. @item All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument. @end itemize @node M2 Checks @subsubsection Modula-2 type and range checks @cindex Modula-2 checks @quotation @emph{Warning:} in this release, @value{GDBN} does not yet perform type or range checking. @end quotation @c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added @value{GDBN} considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if: @itemize @bullet @item They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE @var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement @item They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the @sc{gnu} Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.) @end itemize As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables whose types are not equivalent is an error. Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures. @node M2 Scope @subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.} @cindex scope @cindex @code{.}, Modula-2 scope operator @cindex colon, doubled as scope operator @ifinfo @vindex colon-colon@r{, in Modula-2} @c Info cannot handle :: but TeX can. @end ifinfo @iftex @vindex ::@r{, in Modula-2} @end iftex There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator (@code{.}) and the @value{GDBN} scope operator (@code{::}). The two have similar syntax: @smallexample @var{module} . @var{id} @var{scope} :: @var{id} @end smallexample @noindent where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure, @var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared identifier within your program, except another module. Using the @code{::} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the scope specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not found in the specified scope, then @value{GDBN} searches all scopes enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}. Using the @code{.} operator makes @value{GDBN} search the current scope for the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in @var{module}. @node GDB/M2 @subsubsection @value{GDBN} and Modula-2 Some @value{GDBN} commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs. Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply specifically to C and C@t{++}: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle}, @samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four apply to C@t{++}, and the last to the C @code{union} type, which has no direct analogue in Modula-2. The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available with any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C@t{++}. However, because an address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct @samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. @cindex @code{#} in Modula-2 In @value{GDBN} scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead. @c OBSOLETE @node Chill @c OBSOLETE @subsection Chill @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE The extensions made to @value{GDBN} to support Chill only support output @c OBSOLETE from the @sc{gnu} Chill compiler. Other Chill compilers are not currently @c OBSOLETE supported, and attempting to debug executables produced by them is most @c OBSOLETE likely to give an error as @value{GDBN} reads in the executable's symbol @c OBSOLETE table. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @c This used to say "... following Chill related topics ...", but since @c OBSOLETE @c menus are not shown in the printed manual, it would look awkward. @c OBSOLETE This section covers the Chill related topics and the features @c OBSOLETE of @value{GDBN} which support these topics. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @menu @c OBSOLETE * How modes are displayed:: How modes are displayed @c OBSOLETE * Locations:: Locations and their accesses @c OBSOLETE * Values and their Operations:: Values and their Operations @c OBSOLETE * Chill type and range checks:: @c OBSOLETE * Chill defaults:: @c OBSOLETE @end menu @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @node How modes are displayed @c OBSOLETE @subsubsection How modes are displayed @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE The Chill Datatype- (Mode) support of @value{GDBN} is directly related @c OBSOLETE with the functionality of the @sc{gnu} Chill compiler, and therefore deviates @c OBSOLETE slightly from the standard specification of the Chill language. The @c OBSOLETE provided modes are: @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @c FIXME: this @table's contents effectively disable @code by using @r @c OBSOLETE @c on every @item. So why does it need @code? @c OBSOLETE @table @code @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Discrete modes:}} @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Integer Modes} which are predefined by @code{BYTE, UBYTE, INT, @c OBSOLETE UINT, LONG, ULONG}, @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Boolean Mode} which is predefined by @code{BOOL}, @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Character Mode} which is predefined by @code{CHAR}, @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Set Mode} which is displayed by the keyword @code{SET}. @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) ptype x @c OBSOLETE type = SET (karli = 10, susi = 20, fritzi = 100) @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE If the type is an unnumbered set the set element values are omitted. @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Range Mode} which is displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{type = ( : )} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE where @code{, } can be of any discrete literal @c OBSOLETE expression (e.g. set element names). @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Powerset Mode:}} @c OBSOLETE A Powerset Mode is displayed by the keyword @code{POWERSET} followed by @c OBSOLETE the member mode of the powerset. The member mode can be any discrete mode. @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) ptype x @c OBSOLETE type = POWERSET SET (egon, hugo, otto) @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Reference Modes:}} @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Bound Reference Mode} which is displayed by the keyword @code{REF} @c OBSOLETE followed by the mode name to which the reference is bound. @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Free Reference Mode} which is displayed by the keyword @code{PTR}. @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Procedure mode}} @c OBSOLETE The procedure mode is displayed by @code{type = PROC() @c OBSOLETE EXCEPTIONS ()}. The @code{} is a list of the parameter modes. @code{} indicates @c OBSOLETE the mode of the result of the procedure if any. The exceptionlist lists @c OBSOLETE all possible exceptions which can be raised by the procedure. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @ignore @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Instance mode}} @c OBSOLETE The instance mode is represented by a structure, which has a static @c OBSOLETE type, and is therefore not really of interest. @c OBSOLETE @end ignore @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Synchronization Modes:}} @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Event Mode} which is displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{EVENT ()} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE where @code{()} is optional. @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Buffer Mode} which is displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{BUFFER ()} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE where @code{()} is optional. @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Timing Modes:}} @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Duration Mode} which is predefined by @code{DURATION} @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Absolute Time Mode} which is predefined by @code{TIME} @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Real Modes:}} @c OBSOLETE Real Modes are predefined with @code{REAL} and @code{LONG_REAL}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{String Modes:}} @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Character String Mode} which is displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{CHARS()} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE followed by the keyword @code{VARYING} if the String Mode is a varying @c OBSOLETE mode @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Bit String Mode} which is displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{BOOLS()} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Array Mode:}} @c OBSOLETE The Array Mode is displayed by the keyword @code{ARRAY()} @c OBSOLETE followed by the element mode (which may in turn be an array mode). @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) ptype x @c OBSOLETE type = ARRAY (1:42) @c OBSOLETE ARRAY (1:20) @c OBSOLETE SET (karli = 10, susi = 20, fritzi = 100) @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @r{@emph{Structure Mode}} @c OBSOLETE The Structure mode is displayed by the keyword @code{STRUCT()}. The @code{} consists of names and modes of fields @c OBSOLETE of the structure. Variant structures have the keyword @code{CASE @c OBSOLETE OF ESAC} in their field list. Since the current version @c OBSOLETE of the GNU Chill compiler doesn't implement tag processing (no runtime @c OBSOLETE checks of variant fields, and therefore no debugging info), the output @c OBSOLETE always displays all variant fields. @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) ptype str @c OBSOLETE type = STRUCT ( @c OBSOLETE as x, @c OBSOLETE bs x, @c OBSOLETE CASE bs OF @c OBSOLETE (karli): @c OBSOLETE cs a @c OBSOLETE (ott): @c OBSOLETE ds x @c OBSOLETE ESAC @c OBSOLETE ) @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @end table @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @node Locations @c OBSOLETE @subsubsection Locations and their accesses @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE A location in Chill is an object which can contain values. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE A value of a location is generally accessed by the (declared) name of @c OBSOLETE the location. The output conforms to the specification of values in @c OBSOLETE Chill programs. How values are specified @c OBSOLETE is the topic of the next section, @ref{Values and their Operations}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE The pseudo-location @code{RESULT} (or @code{result}) can be used to @c OBSOLETE display or change the result of a currently-active procedure: @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE set result := EXPR @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @noindent @c OBSOLETE This does the same as the Chill action @code{RESULT EXPR} (which @c OBSOLETE is not available in @value{GDBN}). @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Values of reference mode locations are printed by @code{PTR()} in case of a free reference mode, and by @code{(REF ) ()} in case of a bound reference. @code{} @c OBSOLETE represents the address where the reference points to. To access the @c OBSOLETE value of the location referenced by the pointer, use the dereference @c OBSOLETE operator @samp{->}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Values of procedure mode locations are displayed by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{@{ PROC @c OBSOLETE ( ) @}
} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{} is a list of modes according to the parameter @c OBSOLETE specification of the procedure and @code{
} shows the address of @c OBSOLETE the entry point. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @ignore @c OBSOLETE Locations of instance modes are displayed just like a structure with two @c OBSOLETE fields specifying the @emph{process type} and the @emph{copy number} of @c OBSOLETE the investigated instance location@footnote{This comes from the current @c OBSOLETE implementation of instances. They are implemented as a structure (no @c OBSOLETE na). The output should be something like @code{[; @c OBSOLETE ]}.}. The field names are @code{__proc_type} and @c OBSOLETE @code{__proc_copy}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Locations of synchronization modes are displayed like a structure with @c OBSOLETE the field name @code{__event_data} in case of a event mode location, and @c OBSOLETE like a structure with the field @code{__buffer_data} in case of a buffer @c OBSOLETE mode location (refer to previous paragraph). @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Structure Mode locations are printed by @code{[.: , @c OBSOLETE ...]}. The @code{} corresponds to the structure mode @c OBSOLETE definition and the layout of @code{} varies depending of the mode @c OBSOLETE of the field. If the investigated structure mode location is of variant @c OBSOLETE structure mode, the variant parts of the structure are enclosed in curled @c OBSOLETE braces (@samp{@{@}}). Fields enclosed by @samp{@{,@}} are residing @c OBSOLETE on the same memory location and represent the current values of the @c OBSOLETE memory location in their specific modes. Since no tag processing is done @c OBSOLETE all variants are displayed. A variant field is printed by @c OBSOLETE @code{() = .: }. (who implements the @c OBSOLETE stuff ???) @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) print str1 $4 = [.as: 0, .bs: karli, .: { (karli) = @c OBSOLETE [.cs: []], (susi) = [.ds: susi]}] @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @end ignore @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Substructures of string mode-, array mode- or structure mode-values @c OBSOLETE (e.g. array slices, fields of structure locations) are accessed using @c OBSOLETE certain operations which are described in the next section, @ref{Values @c OBSOLETE and their Operations}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE A location value may be interpreted as having a different mode using the @c OBSOLETE location conversion. This mode conversion is written as @code{()}. The user has to consider that the sizes of the modes @c OBSOLETE have to be equal otherwise an error occurs. Furthermore, no range @c OBSOLETE checking of the location against the destination mode is performed, and @c OBSOLETE therefore the result can be quite confusing. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE (@value{GDBP}) print int (s(3 up 4)) XXX TO be filled in !! XXX @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @node Values and their Operations @c OBSOLETE @subsubsection Values and their Operations @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Values are used to alter locations, to investigate complex structures in @c OBSOLETE more detail or to filter relevant information out of a large amount of @c OBSOLETE data. There are several (mode dependent) operations defined which enable @c OBSOLETE such investigations. These operations are not only applicable to @c OBSOLETE constant values but also to locations, which can become quite useful @c OBSOLETE when debugging complex structures. During parsing the command line @c OBSOLETE (e.g. evaluating an expression) @value{GDBN} treats location names as @c OBSOLETE the values behind these locations. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE This section describes how values have to be specified and which @c OBSOLETE operations are legal to be used with such values. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @table @code @c OBSOLETE @item Literal Values @c OBSOLETE Literal values are specified in the same manner as in @sc{gnu} Chill programs. @c OBSOLETE For detailed specification refer to the @sc{gnu} Chill implementation Manual @c OBSOLETE chapter 1.5. @c OBSOLETE @c FIXME: if the Chill Manual is a Texinfo documents, the above should @c OBSOLETE @c be converted to a @ref. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @ignore @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Integer Literals} are specified in the same manner as in Chill @c OBSOLETE programs (refer to the Chill Standard z200/88 chpt 5.2.4.2) @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Boolean Literals} are defined by @code{TRUE} and @code{FALSE}. @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Character Literals} are defined by @code{''}. (e.g. @c OBSOLETE @code{'M'}) @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Set Literals} are defined by a name which was specified in a set @c OBSOLETE mode. The value delivered by a Set Literal is the set value. This is @c OBSOLETE comparable to an enumeration in C/C@t{++} language. @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Emptiness Literal} is predefined by @code{NULL}. The value of the @c OBSOLETE emptiness literal delivers either the empty reference value, the empty @c OBSOLETE procedure value or the empty instance value. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Character String Literals} are defined by a sequence of characters @c OBSOLETE enclosed in single- or double quotes. If a single- or double quote has @c OBSOLETE to be part of the string literal it has to be stuffed (specified twice). @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Bitstring Literals} are specified in the same manner as in Chill @c OBSOLETE programs (refer z200/88 chpt 5.2.4.8). @c OBSOLETE @item @c OBSOLETE @emph{Floating point literals} are specified in the same manner as in @c OBSOLETE (gnu-)Chill programs (refer @sc{gnu} Chill implementation Manual chapter 1.5). @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @end ignore @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Tuple Values @c OBSOLETE A tuple is specified by @code{[]}, where @code{} can be omitted if the mode of the tuple is unambiguous. This @c OBSOLETE unambiguity is derived from the context of a evaluated expression. @c OBSOLETE @code{} can be one of the following: @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @itemize @bullet @c OBSOLETE @item @emph{Powerset Tuple} @c OBSOLETE @item @emph{Array Tuple} @c OBSOLETE @item @emph{Structure Tuple} @c OBSOLETE Powerset tuples, array tuples and structure tuples are specified in the @c OBSOLETE same manner as in Chill programs refer to z200/88 chpt 5.2.5. @c OBSOLETE @end itemize @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item String Element Value @c OBSOLETE A string element value is specified by @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{()} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE where @code{} is a integer expression. It delivers a character @c OBSOLETE value which is equivalent to the character indexed by @code{} in @c OBSOLETE the string. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item String Slice Value @c OBSOLETE A string slice value is specified by @code{()}, where @code{} can be either a range of integer @c OBSOLETE expressions or specified by @code{ up }. @c OBSOLETE @code{} denotes the number of elements which the slice contains. @c OBSOLETE The delivered value is a string value, which is part of the specified @c OBSOLETE string. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Array Element Values @c OBSOLETE An array element value is specified by @code{()} and @c OBSOLETE delivers a array element value of the mode of the specified array. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Array Slice Values @c OBSOLETE An array slice is specified by @code{()}, where @c OBSOLETE @code{} can be either a range specified by expressions or by @c OBSOLETE @code{ up }. @code{} denotes the number of @c OBSOLETE arrayelements the slice contains. The delivered value is an array value @c OBSOLETE which is part of the specified array. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Structure Field Values @c OBSOLETE A structure field value is derived by @code{.}, where @code{} indicates the name of a field specified @c OBSOLETE in the mode definition of the structure. The mode of the delivered value @c OBSOLETE corresponds to this mode definition in the structure definition. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Procedure Call Value @c OBSOLETE The procedure call value is derived from the return value of the @c OBSOLETE procedure@footnote{If a procedure call is used for instance in an @c OBSOLETE expression, then this procedure is called with all its side @c OBSOLETE effects. This can lead to confusing results if used carelessly.}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Values of duration mode locations are represented by @code{ULONG} literals. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Values of time mode locations appear as @c OBSOLETE @smallexample @c OBSOLETE @code{TIME(:)} @c OBSOLETE @end smallexample @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @ignore @c OBSOLETE This is not implemented yet: @c OBSOLETE @item Built-in Value @c OBSOLETE @noindent @c OBSOLETE The following built in functions are provided: @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @table @code @c OBSOLETE @item @code{ADDR()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{NUM()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{PRED()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{SUCC()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{ABS()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{CARD()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{MAX()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{MIN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{SIZE()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{UPPER()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{LOWER()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{LENGTH()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{SIN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{COS()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{TAN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{ARCSIN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{ARCCOS()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{ARCTAN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{EXP()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{LN()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{LOG()} @c OBSOLETE @item @code{SQRT()} @c OBSOLETE @end table @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE For a detailed description refer to the GNU Chill implementation manual @c OBSOLETE chapter 1.6. @c OBSOLETE @end ignore @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Zero-adic Operator Value @c OBSOLETE The zero-adic operator value is derived from the instance value for the @c OBSOLETE current active process. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item Expression Values @c OBSOLETE The value delivered by an expression is the result of the evaluation of @c OBSOLETE the specified expression. If there are error conditions (mode @c OBSOLETE incompatibility, etc.) the evaluation of expressions is aborted with a @c OBSOLETE corresponding error message. Expressions may be parenthesised which @c OBSOLETE causes the evaluation of this expression before any other expression @c OBSOLETE which uses the result of the parenthesised expression. The following @c OBSOLETE operators are supported by @value{GDBN}: @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @table @code @c OBSOLETE @item @code{OR, ORIF, XOR} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{AND, ANDIF} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{NOT} @c OBSOLETE Logical operators defined over operands of boolean mode. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{=, /=} @c OBSOLETE Equality and inequality operators defined over all modes. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{>, >=} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{<, <=} @c OBSOLETE Relational operators defined over predefined modes. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{+, -} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{*, /, MOD, REM} @c OBSOLETE Arithmetic operators defined over predefined modes. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{-} @c OBSOLETE Change sign operator. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{//} @c OBSOLETE String concatenation operator. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{()} @c OBSOLETE String repetition operator. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{->} @c OBSOLETE Referenced location operator which can be used either to take the @c OBSOLETE address of a location (@code{->loc}), or to dereference a reference @c OBSOLETE location (@code{loc->}). @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{OR, XOR} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{AND} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{NOT} @c OBSOLETE Powerset and bitstring operators. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{>, >=} @c OBSOLETE @itemx @code{<, <=} @c OBSOLETE Powerset inclusion operators. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @item @code{IN} @c OBSOLETE Membership operator. @c OBSOLETE @end table @c OBSOLETE @end table @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @node Chill type and range checks @c OBSOLETE @subsubsection Chill type and range checks @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @value{GDBN} considers two Chill variables mode equivalent if the sizes @c OBSOLETE of the two modes are equal. This rule applies recursively to more @c OBSOLETE complex datatypes which means that complex modes are treated @c OBSOLETE equivalent if all element modes (which also can be complex modes like @c OBSOLETE structures, arrays, etc.) have the same size. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array @c OBSOLETE index bounds and all built in procedures. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE Strong type checks are forced using the @value{GDBN} command @code{set @c OBSOLETE check strong}. This enforces strong type and range checks on all @c OBSOLETE operations where Chill constructs are used (expressions, built in @c OBSOLETE functions, etc.) in respect to the semantics as defined in the z.200 @c OBSOLETE language specification. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE All checks can be disabled by the @value{GDBN} command @code{set check @c OBSOLETE off}. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @ignore @c OBSOLETE @c Deviations from the Chill Standard Z200/88 @c OBSOLETE see last paragraph ? @c OBSOLETE @end ignore @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @node Chill defaults @c OBSOLETE @subsubsection Chill defaults @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE If type and range checking are set automatically by @value{GDBN}, they @c OBSOLETE both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to @c OBSOLETE Chill. This happens regardless of whether you or @value{GDBN} @c OBSOLETE selected the working language. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE If you allow @value{GDBN} to set the language automatically, then entering @c OBSOLETE code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.ch} sets the @c OBSOLETE working language to Chill. @xref{Automatically, ,Having @value{GDBN} set @c OBSOLETE the language automatically}, for further details. @node Symbols @chapter Examining the Symbol Table The commands described in this chapter allow you to inquire about the symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and does not change as your program executes. @value{GDBN} finds it in your program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started @value{GDBN} (@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing files}), or by one of the file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). @cindex symbol names @cindex names of symbols @cindex quoting names Occasionally, you may need to refer to symbols that contain unusual characters, which @value{GDBN} ordinarily treats as word delimiters. The most frequent case is in referring to static variables in other source files (@pxref{Variables,,Program variables}). File names are recorded in object files as debugging symbols, but @value{GDBN} would ordinarily parse a typical file name, like @file{foo.c}, as the three words @samp{foo} @samp{.} @samp{c}. To allow @value{GDBN} to recognize @samp{foo.c} as a single symbol, enclose it in single quotes; for example, @smallexample p 'foo.c'::x @end smallexample @noindent looks up the value of @code{x} in the scope of the file @file{foo.c}. @table @code @kindex info address @cindex address of a symbol @item info address @var{symbol} Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable is always stored. Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work at all for a register variable, and for a stack local variable prints the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable. @kindex info symbol @cindex symbol from address @item info symbol @var{addr} Print the name of a symbol which is stored at the address @var{addr}. If no symbol is stored exactly at @var{addr}, @value{GDBN} prints the nearest symbol and an offset from it: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info symbol 0x54320 _initialize_vx + 396 in section .text @end smallexample @noindent This is the opposite of the @code{info address} command. You can use it to find out the name of a variable or a function given its address. @kindex whatis @item whatis @var{expr} Print the data type of expression @var{expr}. @var{expr} is not actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. @item whatis Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history. @kindex ptype @item ptype @var{typename} Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form @samp{class @var{class-name}}, @samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or @samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}. @item ptype @var{expr} @itemx ptype Print a description of the type of expression @var{expr}. @code{ptype} differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead of just the name of the type. For example, for this variable declaration: @smallexample struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v; @end smallexample @noindent the two commands give this output: @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) whatis v type = struct complex (@value{GDBP}) ptype v type = struct complex @{ double real; double imag; @} @end group @end smallexample @noindent As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history. @kindex info types @item info types @var{regexp} @itemx info types Print a brief description of all types whose names match @var{regexp} (or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus, @samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose names include the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}. This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like @code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it lists all source files where a type is defined. @kindex info scope @cindex local variables @item info scope @var{addr} List all the variables local to a particular scope. This command accepts a location---a function name, a source line, or an address preceded by a @samp{*}, and prints all the variables local to the scope defined by that location. For example: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) @b{info scope command_line_handler} Scope for command_line_handler: Symbol rl is an argument at stack/frame offset 8, length 4. Symbol linebuffer is in static storage at address 0x150a18, length 4. Symbol linelength is in static storage at address 0x150a1c, length 4. Symbol p is a local variable in register $esi, length 4. Symbol p1 is a local variable in register $ebx, length 4. Symbol nline is a local variable in register $edx, length 4. Symbol repeat is a local variable at frame offset -8, length 4. @end smallexample @noindent This command is especially useful for determining what data to collect during a @dfn{trace experiment}, see @ref{Tracepoint Actions, collect}. @kindex info source @item info source Show information about the current source file---that is, the source file for the function containing the current point of execution: @itemize @bullet @item the name of the source file, and the directory containing it, @item the directory it was compiled in, @item its length, in lines, @item which programming language it is written in, @item whether the executable includes debugging information for that file, and if so, what format the information is in (e.g., STABS, Dwarf 2, etc.), and @item whether the debugging information includes information about preprocessor macros. @end itemize @kindex info sources @item info sources Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed. @kindex info functions @item info functions Print the names and data types of all defined functions. @item info functions @var{regexp} Print the names and data types of all defined functions whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}. Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names start with @code{step}. If a function name contains characters that conflict with the regular expression language (eg. @samp{operator*()}), they may be quoted with a backslash. @kindex info variables @item info variables Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared outside of functions (i.e.@: excluding local variables). @item info variables @var{regexp} Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}. @ignore This was never implemented. @kindex info methods @item info methods @itemx info methods @var{regexp} The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined methods within C@t{++} program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a specific set of methods found in the various C@t{++} classes. Many C@t{++} classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The @code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}. @end ignore @cindex reloading symbols Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to be replaced without stopping and restarting your program. For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file and keep on running. If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow @value{GDBN} to reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules: @table @code @kindex set symbol-reloading @item set symbol-reloading on Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an object file with a particular name is seen again. @item set symbol-reloading off Do not replace symbol definitions when encountering object files of the same name more than once. This is the default state; if you are not running on a system that permits automatic relinking of modules, you should leave @code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise @value{GDBN} may discard symbols when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from different directories or libraries) with the same name. @kindex show symbol-reloading @item show symbol-reloading Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting. @end table @kindex set opaque-type-resolution @item set opaque-type-resolution on Tell @value{GDBN} to resolve opaque types. An opaque type is a type declared as a pointer to a @code{struct}, @code{class}, or @code{union}---for example, @code{struct MyType *}---that is used in one source file although the full declaration of @code{struct MyType} is in another source file. The default is on. A change in the setting of this subcommand will not take effect until the next time symbols for a file are loaded. @item set opaque-type-resolution off Tell @value{GDBN} not to resolve opaque types. In this case, the type is printed as follows: @smallexample @{@} @end smallexample @kindex show opaque-type-resolution @item show opaque-type-resolution Show whether opaque types are resolved or not. @kindex maint print symbols @cindex symbol dump @kindex maint print psymbols @cindex partial symbol dump @item maint print symbols @var{filename} @itemx maint print psymbols @var{filename} @itemx maint print msymbols @var{filename} Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}. These commands are used to debug the @value{GDBN} symbol-reading code. Only symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @samp{maint print symbols}, @value{GDBN} includes all the symbols for which it has already collected full details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for only those files whose symbols @value{GDBN} has read. You can use the command @code{info sources} to find out which files these are. If you use @samp{maint print psymbols} instead, the dump shows information about symbols that @value{GDBN} only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in files that @value{GDBN} has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally, @samp{maint print msymbols} dumps just the minimal symbol information required for each object file from which @value{GDBN} has read some symbols. @xref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}, for a discussion of how @value{GDBN} reads symbols (in the description of @code{symbol-file}). @end table @node Altering @chapter Altering Execution Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by experiment, using the @value{GDBN} features for altering execution of the program. For example, you can store new values into variables or memory locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different address, or even return prematurely from a function. @menu * Assignment:: Assignment to variables * Jumping:: Continuing at a different address * Signaling:: Giving your program a signal * Returning:: Returning from a function * Calling:: Calling your program's functions * Patching:: Patching your program @end menu @node Assignment @section Assignment to variables @cindex assignment @cindex setting variables To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example, @smallexample print x=4 @end smallexample @noindent stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages, ,Using @value{GDBN} with Different Languages}, for more information on operators in supported languages. @kindex set variable @cindex variables, setting If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the @code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value history}). The expression is evaluated only for its effects. If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, if your program has a variable @code{width}, you get an error if you try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, because @value{GDBN} has the command @code{set width}: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) whatis width type = double (@value{GDBP}) p width $4 = 13 (@value{GDBP}) set width=47 Invalid syntax in expression. @end smallexample @noindent The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. In order to actually set the program's variable @code{width}, use @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) set var width=47 @end smallexample Because the @code{set} command has many subcommands that can conflict with the names of program variables, it is a good idea to use the @code{set variable} command instead of just @code{set}. For example, if your program has a variable @code{g}, you run into problems if you try to set a new value with just @samp{set g=4}, because @value{GDBN} has the command @code{set gnutarget}, abbreviated @code{set g}: @smallexample @group (@value{GDBP}) whatis g type = double (@value{GDBP}) p g $1 = 1 (@value{GDBP}) set g=4 (@value{GDBP}) p g $2 = 1 (@value{GDBP}) r The program being debugged has been started already. Start it from the beginning? (y or n) y Starting program: /home/smith/cc_progs/a.out "/home/smith/cc_progs/a.out": can't open to read symbols: Invalid bfd target. (@value{GDBP}) show g The current BFD target is "=4". @end group @end smallexample @noindent The program variable @code{g} did not change, and you silently set the @code{gnutarget} to an invalid value. In order to set the variable @code{g}, use @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) set var g=4 @end smallexample @value{GDBN} allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa, and you can convert any structure to any other structure that is the same length or shorter. @comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions? @comment /doc@cygnus.com 18dec1990 To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}} construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size and representation in memory), and @smallexample set @{int@}0x83040 = 4 @end smallexample @noindent stores the value 4 into that memory location. @node Jumping @section Continuing at a different address Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at an address of your own choosing, with the following commands: @table @code @kindex jump @item jump @var{linespec} Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution stops again immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing source lines}, for a description of the different forms of @var{linespec}. It is common practice to use the @code{tbreak} command in conjunction with @code{jump}. @xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting breakpoints}. The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in a different function from the one currently executing, the results may be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program. @item jump *@var{address} Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}. @end table @c Doesn't work on HP-UX; have to set $pcoqh and $pcoqt. On many systems, you can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this does not start your program running; it only changes the address of where it @emph{will} run when you continue. For example, @smallexample set $pc = 0x485 @end smallexample @noindent makes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command execute at address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped. @xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and stepping}. The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up---perhaps with more breakpoints set---over a portion of a program that has already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail. @c @group @node Signaling @section Giving your program a signal @table @code @kindex signal @item signal @var{signal} Resume execution where your program stopped, but immediately give it the signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the name or the number of a signal. For example, on many systems @code{signal 2} and @code{signal SIGINT} are both ways of sending an interrupt signal. Alternatively, if @var{signal} is zero, continue execution without giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the @code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a signal. @code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time after executing the command. @end table @c @end group Invoking the @code{signal} command is not the same as invoking the @code{kill} utility from the shell. Sending a signal with @code{kill} causes @value{GDBN} to decide what to do with the signal depending on the signal handling tables (@pxref{Signals}). The @code{signal} command passes the signal directly to your program. @node Returning @section Returning from a function @table @code @cindex returning from a function @kindex return @item return @itemx return @var{expression} You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return} command. If you give an @var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return value. @end table When you use @code{return}, @value{GDBN} discards the selected stack frame (and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}. This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values of functions. The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and stepping}) resumes execution until the selected stack frame returns naturally. @node Calling @section Calling program functions @cindex calling functions @kindex call @table @code @item call @var{expr} Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void} returned values. @end table You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output with @code{void} returned values. If the result is not void, it is printed and saved in the value history. @node Patching @section Patching programs @cindex patching binaries @cindex writing into executables @cindex writing into corefiles By default, @value{GDBN} opens the file containing your program's executable code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching your program's binary. If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency repairs. @table @code @kindex set write @item set write on @itemx set write off If you specify @samp{set write on}, @value{GDBN} opens executable and core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write off} (the default), @value{GDBN} opens them read-only. If you have already loaded a file, you must load it again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect. @item show write @kindex show write Display whether executable files and core files are opened for writing as well as reading. @end table @node GDB Files @chapter @value{GDBN} Files @value{GDBN} needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. To debug a core dump of a previous run, you must also tell @value{GDBN} the name of the core dump file. @menu * Files:: Commands to specify files * Symbol Errors:: Errors reading symbol files @end menu @node Files @section Commands to specify files @cindex symbol table @cindex core dump file You may want to specify executable and core dump file names. The usual way to do this is at start-up time, using the arguments to @value{GDBN}'s start-up commands (@pxref{Invocation, , Getting In and Out of @value{GDBN}}). Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a @value{GDBN} session. Or you may run @value{GDBN} and forget to specify a file you want to use. In these situations the @value{GDBN} commands to specify new files are useful. @table @code @cindex executable file @kindex file @item file @var{filename} Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a directory and the file is not found in the @value{GDBN} working directory, @value{GDBN} uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of directories to search, just as the shell does when looking for a program to run. You can change the value of this variable, for both @value{GDBN} and your program, using the @code{path} command. On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary file named @file{@var{filename}.syms} may hold symbol table information for @var{filename}. If so, @value{GDBN} maps in the symbol table from @file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the descriptions of the file options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} (available on the command line, and with the commands @code{file}, @code{symbol-file}, or @code{add-symbol-file}, described below), for more information. @item file @code{file} with no argument makes @value{GDBN} discard any information it has on both executable file and the symbol table. @kindex exec-file @item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found in @var{filename}. @value{GDBN} searches the environment variable @code{PATH} if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to discard information on the executable file. @kindex symbol-file @item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol table and program to run from the same file. @code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out @value{GDBN} information on your program's symbol table. The @code{symbol-file} command causes @value{GDBN} to forget the contents of its convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of the old symbol table data being discarded inside @value{GDBN}. @code{symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after executing it once. When @value{GDBN} is configured for a particular environment, it understands debugging information in whatever format is the standard generated for that environment; you may use either a @sc{gnu} compiler, or other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are usually obtained from @sc{gnu} compilers; for example, using @code{@value{GCC}} you can generate debugging information for optimized code. For most kinds of object files, with the exception of old SVR3 systems using COFF, the @code{symbol-file} command does not normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time, as they are needed. The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make @value{GDBN} start up faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and messages}.) We have not implemented the two-stage strategy for COFF yet. When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} reads the symbol table data in full right away. Note that ``stabs-in-COFF'' still does the two-stage strategy, since the debug info is actually in stabs format. @kindex readnow @cindex reading symbols immediately @cindex symbols, reading immediately @kindex mapped @cindex memory-mapped symbol file @cindex saving symbol table @item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} @itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} You can override the @value{GDBN} two-stage strategy for reading symbol tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that load symbol table information, if you want to be sure @value{GDBN} has the entire symbol table available. If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to cause @value{GDBN} to write the symbols for your program into a reusable file. Future @value{GDBN} debugging sessions map in symbol information from this auxiliary symbol file (if the program has not changed), rather than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable program. Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as starting @value{GDBN} with the @samp{-mapped} command-line option. You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol file has all the symbol information for your program. The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called @samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer than the corresponding executable), @value{GDBN} always attempts to use it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are needed. The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine where you run @value{GDBN}. It holds an exact image of the internal @value{GDBN} symbol table. It cannot be shared across multiple host platforms. @c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in @c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in @c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing @c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now @c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy @c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol @c files. @kindex core @kindex core-file @item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]} Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the address space of the process that generated them; @value{GDBN} can access the executable file itself for other parts. @code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is to be used. Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running under @value{GDBN}. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command (@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the child process}). @kindex add-symbol-file @cindex dynamic linking @item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]} @itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @r{-s}@var{section} @var{address} @dots{} The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename} has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the file has been loaded; @value{GDBN} cannot figure this out for itself. You can additionally specify an arbitrary number of @samp{@r{-s}@var{section} @var{address}} pairs, to give an explicit section name and base address for that section. You can specify any @var{address} as an expression. The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the @code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead, use the @code{symbol-file} command without any arguments. @cindex relocatable object files, reading symbols from @cindex object files, relocatable, reading symbols from @cindex reading symbols from relocatable object files @cindex symbols, reading from relocatable object files @cindex @file{.o} files, reading symbols from Although @var{filename} is typically a shared library file, an executable file, or some other object file which has been fully relocated for loading into a process, you can also load symbolic information from relocatable @file{.o} files, as long as: @itemize @bullet @item the file's symbolic information refers only to linker symbols defined in that file, not to symbols defined by other object files, @item every section the file's symbolic information refers to has actually been loaded into the inferior, as it appears in the file, and @item you can determine the address at which every section was loaded, and provide these to the @code{add-symbol-file} command. @end itemize @noindent Some embedded operating systems, like Sun Chorus and VxWorks, can load relocatable files into an already running program; such systems typically make the requirements above easy to meet. However, it's important to recognize that many native systems use complex link procedures (@code{.linkonce} section factoring and C++ constructor table assembly, for example) that make the requirements difficult to meet. In general, one cannot assume that using @code{add-symbol-file} to read a relocatable object file's symbolic information will have the same effect as linking the relocatable object file into the program in the normal way. @code{add-symbol-file} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it. You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how @value{GDBN} manages the symbol table information for @var{filename}. @kindex add-shared-symbol-file @item add-shared-symbol-file The @code{add-shared-symbol-file} command can be used only under Harris' CXUX operating system for the Motorola 88k. @value{GDBN} automatically looks for shared libraries, however if @value{GDBN} does not find yours, you can run @code{add-shared-symbol-file}. It takes no arguments. @kindex section @item section The @code{section} command changes the base address of section SECTION of the exec file to ADDR. This can be used if the exec file does not contain section addresses, (such as in the a.out format), or when the addresses specified in the file itself are wrong. Each section must be changed separately. The @code{info files} command, described below, lists all the sections and their addresses. @kindex info files @kindex info target @item info files @itemx info target @code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print the current target (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}), including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in use by @value{GDBN}, and the files from which symbols were loaded. The command @code{help target} lists all possible targets rather than current ones. @kindex maint info sections @item maint info sections Another command that can give you extra information about program sections is @code{maint info sections}. In addition to the section information displayed by @code{info files}, this command displays the flags and file offset of each section in the executable and core dump files. In addition, @code{maint info sections} provides the following command options (which may be arbitrarily combined): @table @code @item ALLOBJ Display sections for all loaded object files, including shared libraries. @item @var{sections} Display info only for named @var{sections}. @item @var{section-flags} Display info only for sections for which @var{section-flags} are true. The section flags that @value{GDBN} currently knows about are: @table @code @item ALLOC Section will have space allocated in the process when loaded. Set for all sections except those containing debug information. @item LOAD Section will be loaded from the file into the child process memory. Set for pre-initialized code and data, clear for @code{.bss} sections. @item RELOC Section needs to be relocated before loading. @item READONLY Section cannot be modified by the child process. @item CODE Section contains executable code only. @item DATA Section contains data only (no executable code). @item ROM Section will reside in ROM. @item CONSTRUCTOR Section contains data for constructor/destructor lists. @item HAS_CONTENTS Section is not empty. @item NEVER_LOAD An instruction to the linker to not output the section. @item COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY A notification to the linker that the section contains COFF shared library information. @item IS_COMMON Section contains common symbols. @end table @end table @kindex set trust-readonly-sections @item set trust-readonly-sections on Tell @value{GDBN} that readonly sections in your object file really are read-only (i.e.@: that their contents will not change). In that case, @value{GDBN} can fetch values from these sections out of the object file, rather than from the target program. For some targets (notably embedded ones), this can be a significant enhancement to debugging performance. The default is off. @item set trust-readonly-sections off Tell @value{GDBN} not to trust readonly sections. This means that the contents of the section might change while the program is running, and must therefore be fetched from the target when needed. @end table All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names as arguments. @value{GDBN} always converts the file name to an absolute file name and remembers it that way. @cindex shared libraries @value{GDBN} supports HP-UX, SunOS, SVr4, Irix 5, and IBM RS/6000 shared libraries. @value{GDBN} automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file. (Before you issue the @code{run} command, @value{GDBN} does not understand references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are debugging a core file). On HP-UX, if the program loads a library explicitly, @value{GDBN} automatically loads the symbols at the time of the @code{shl_load} call. @c FIXME: some @value{GDBN} release may permit some refs to undef @c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared @c FIXME...lib; check this from time to time when updating manual There are times, however, when you may wish to not automatically load symbol definitions from shared libraries, such as when they are particularly large or there are many of them. To control the automatic loading of shared library symbols, use the commands: @table @code @kindex set auto-solib-add @item set auto-solib-add @var{mode} If @var{mode} is @code{on}, symbols from all shared object libraries will be loaded automatically when the inferior begins execution, you attach to an independently started inferior, or when the dynamic linker informs @value{GDBN} that a new library has been loaded. If @var{mode} is @code{off}, symbols must be loaded manually, using the @code{sharedlibrary} command. The default value is @code{on}. @kindex show auto-solib-add @item show auto-solib-add Display the current autoloading mode. @end table To explicitly load shared library symbols, use the @code{sharedlibrary} command: @table @code @kindex info sharedlibrary @kindex info share @item info share @itemx info sharedlibrary Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded. @kindex sharedlibrary @kindex share @item sharedlibrary @var{regex} @itemx share @var{regex} Load shared object library symbols for files matching a Unix regular expression. As with files loaded automatically, it only loads shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries required by your program are loaded. @end table On some systems, such as HP-UX systems, @value{GDBN} supports autoloading shared library symbols until a limiting threshold size is reached. This provides the benefit of allowing autoloading to remain on by default, but avoids autoloading excessively large shared libraries, up to a threshold that is initially set, but which you can modify if you wish. Beyond that threshold, symbols from shared libraries must be explicitly loaded. To load these symbols, use the command @code{sharedlibrary @var{filename}}. The base address of the shared library is determined automatically by @value{GDBN} and need not be specified. To display or set the threshold, use the commands: @table @code @kindex set auto-solib-limit @item set auto-solib-limit @var{threshold} Set the autoloading size threshold, in an integral number of megabytes. If @var{threshold} is nonzero and shared library autoloading is enabled, symbols from all shared object libraries will be loaded until the total size of the loaded shared library symbols exceeds this threshold. Otherwise, symbols must be loaded manually, using the @code{sharedlibrary} command. The default threshold is 100 (i.e.@: 100 Mb). @kindex show auto-solib-limit @item show auto-solib-limit Display the current autoloading size threshold, in megabytes. @end table @node Symbol Errors @section Errors reading symbol files While reading a symbol file, @value{GDBN} occasionally encounters problems, such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler output. By default, @value{GDBN} does not notify you of such problems, since they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask @value{GDBN} to print only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many times the problem occurs; or you can ask @value{GDBN} to print more messages, to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and messages}). The messages currently printed, and their meanings, include: @table @code @item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol} The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end (such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained in its outer scope blocks. @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol} may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a function. @item block at @var{address} out of order The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not do so. @value{GDBN} does not circumvent this problem, and has trouble locating symbols in the source file whose symbols it is reading. (You can often determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional warnings and messages}.) @item bad block start address patched The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler. @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as starting on the previous source line. @item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n} @cindex foo Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is larger than the size of the string table. @value{GDBN} circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up with this name. @item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}} The symbol information contains new data types that @value{GDBN} does not yet know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the uncomprehended information, in hexadecimal. @value{GDBN} circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This usually allows you to debug your program, though certain symbols are not accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like debugging it, you can debug @code{@value{GDBP}} with itself, breakpoint on @code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol. @item stub type has NULL name @value{GDBN} could not find the full definition for a struct or class. @item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{} The symbol information for a C@t{++} member function is missing some information that recent versions of the compiler should have output for it. @item info mismatch between compiler and debugger @value{GDBN} could not parse a type specification output by the compiler. @end table @node Targets @chapter Specifying a Debugging Target @cindex debugging target @kindex target A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program. Often, @value{GDBN} runs in the same host environment as your program; in that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more flexibility---for example, running @value{GDBN} on a physically separate host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target} command to specify one of the target types configured for @value{GDBN} (@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for managing targets}). @menu * Active Targets:: Active targets * Target Commands:: Commands for managing targets * Byte Order:: Choosing target byte order * Remote:: Remote debugging * KOD:: Kernel Object Display @end menu @node Active Targets @section Active targets @cindex stacking targets @cindex active targets @cindex multiple targets There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and executable files. @value{GDBN} can work concurrently on up to three active targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core file. For example, if you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file @code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then @value{GDBN} has two active targets and uses them in tandem, looking first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target are complementary, since core files contain only a program's read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.) When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process target as well. When a process target is active, all @value{GDBN} commands requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active core file or executable file target are obscured while the process target is active. Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an already-running process}). @node Target Commands @section Commands for managing targets @table @code @item target @var{type} @var{parameters} Connects the @value{GDBN} host environment to a target machine or process. A target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the target machine. Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but typically include things like device names or host names to connect with, process numbers, and baud rates. The @code{target} command does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after executing the command. @kindex help target @item help target Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files} (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}). @item help target @var{name} Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to select it. @kindex set gnutarget @item set gnutarget @var{args} @value{GDBN} uses its own library BFD to read your files. @value{GDBN} knows whether it is reading an @dfn{executable}, a @dfn{core}, or a @dfn{.o} file; however, you can specify the file format with the @code{set gnutarget} command. Unlike most @code{target} commands, with @code{gnutarget} the @code{target} refers to a program, not a machine. @quotation @emph{Warning:} To specify a file format with @code{set gnutarget}, you must know the actual BFD name. @end quotation @noindent @xref{Files, , Commands to specify files}. @kindex show gnutarget @item show gnutarget Use the @code{show gnutarget} command to display what file format @code{gnutarget} is set to read. If you have not set @code{gnutarget}, @value{GDBN} will determine the file format for each file automatically, and @code{show gnutarget} displays @samp{The current BDF target is "auto"}. @end table Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB configuration): @table @code @kindex target exec @item target exec @var{program} An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{program}} is the same as @samp{exec-file @var{program}}. @kindex target core @item target core @var{filename} A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as @samp{core-file @var{filename}}. @kindex target remote @item target remote @var{dev} Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev} specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g. @file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote debugging}. @code{target remote} supports the @code{load} command. This is only useful if you have some other way of getting the stub to the target system, and you can put it somewhere in memory where it won't get clobbered by the download. @kindex target sim @item target sim Builtin CPU simulator. @value{GDBN} includes simulators for most architectures. In general, @smallexample target sim load run @end smallexample @noindent works; however, you cannot assume that a specific memory map, device drivers, or even basic I/O is available, although some simulators do provide these. For info about any processor-specific simulator details, see the appropriate section in @ref{Embedded Processors, ,Embedded Processors}. @end table Some configurations may include these targets as well: @table @code @kindex target nrom @item target nrom @var{dev} NetROM ROM emulator. This target only supports downloading. @end table Different targets are available on different configurations of @value{GDBN}; your configuration may have more or fewer targets. Many remote targets require you to download the executable's code once you've successfully established a connection. @table @code @kindex load @var{filename} @item load @var{filename} Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into @value{GDBN}, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example. @code{load} also records the @var{filename} symbol table in @value{GDBN}, like the @code{add-symbol-file} command. If your @value{GDBN} does not have a @code{load} command, attempting to execute it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is @dots{}}'' The file is loaded at whatever address is specified in the executable. For some object file formats, you can specify the load address when you link the program; for other formats, like a.out, the object file format specifies a fixed address. @c FIXME! This would be a good place for an xref to the GNU linker doc. @code{load} does not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it. @end table @node Byte Order @section Choosing target byte order @cindex choosing target byte order @cindex target byte order Some types of processors, such as the MIPS, PowerPC, and Hitachi SH, offer the ability to run either big-endian or little-endian byte orders. Usually the executable or symbol will include a bit to designate the endian-ness, and you will not need to worry about which to use. However, you may still find it useful to adjust @value{GDBN}'s idea of processor endian-ness manually. @table @code @kindex set endian big @item set endian big Instruct @value{GDBN} to assume the target is big-endian. @kindex set endian little @item set endian little Instruct @value{GDBN} to assume the target is little-endian. @kindex set endian auto @item set endian auto Instruct @value{GDBN} to use the byte order associated with the executable. @item show endian Display @value{GDBN}'s current idea of the target byte order. @end table Note that these commands merely adjust interpretation of symbolic data on the host, and that they have absolutely no effect on the target system. @node Remote @section Remote debugging @cindex remote debugging If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run @value{GDBN} in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger. Some configurations of @value{GDBN} have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition, @value{GDBN} comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to @value{GDBN}, but not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you write the remote stubs---the code that runs on the remote system to communicate with @value{GDBN}. Other remote targets may be available in your configuration of @value{GDBN}; use @code{help target} to list them. @node KOD @section Kernel Object Display @cindex kernel object display @cindex kernel object @cindex KOD Some targets support kernel object display. Using this facility, @value{GDBN} communicates specially with the underlying operating system and can display information about operating system-level objects such as mutexes and other synchronization objects. Exactly which objects can be displayed is determined on a per-OS basis. Use the @code{set os} command to set the operating system. This tells @value{GDBN} which kernel object display module to initialize: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) set os cisco @end smallexample If @code{set os} succeeds, @value{GDBN} will display some information about the operating system, and will create a new @code{info} command which can be used to query the target. The @code{info} command is named after the operating system: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) info cisco List of Cisco Kernel Objects Object Description any Any and all objects @end smallexample Further subcommands can be used to query about particular objects known by the kernel. There is currently no way to determine whether a given operating system is supported other than to try it. @node Remote Debugging @chapter Debugging remote programs @menu * Server:: Using the gdbserver program * NetWare:: Using the gdbserve.nlm program * remote stub:: Implementing a remote stub @end menu @node Server @section Using the @code{gdbserver} program @kindex gdbserver @cindex remote connection without stubs @code{gdbserver} is a control program for Unix-like systems, which allows you to connect your program with a remote @value{GDBN} via @code{target remote}---but without linking in the usual debugging stub. @code{gdbserver} is not a complete replacement for the debugging stubs, because it requires essentially the same operating-system facilities that @value{GDBN} itself does. In fact, a system that can run @code{gdbserver} to connect to a remote @value{GDBN} could also run @value{GDBN} locally! @code{gdbserver} is sometimes useful nevertheless, because it is a much smaller program than @value{GDBN} itself. It is also easier to port than all of @value{GDBN}, so you may be able to get started more quickly on a new system by using @code{gdbserver}. Finally, if you develop code for real-time systems, you may find that the tradeoffs involved in real-time operation make it more convenient to do as much development work as possible on another system, for example by cross-compiling. You can use @code{gdbserver} to make a similar choice for debugging. @value{GDBN} and @code{gdbserver} communicate via either a serial line or a TCP connection, using the standard @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol. @table @emph @item On the target machine, you need to have a copy of the program you want to debug. @code{gdbserver} does not need your program's symbol table, so you can strip the program if necessary to save space. @value{GDBN} on the host system does all the symbol handling. To use the server, you must tell it how to communicate with @value{GDBN}; the name of your program; and the arguments for your program. The usual syntax is: @smallexample target> gdbserver @var{comm} @var{program} [ @var{args} @dots{} ] @end smallexample @var{comm} is either a device name (to use a serial line) or a TCP hostname and portnumber. For example, to debug Emacs with the argument @samp{foo.txt} and communicate with @value{GDBN} over the serial port @file{/dev/com1}: @smallexample target> gdbserver /dev/com1 emacs foo.txt @end smallexample @code{gdbserver} waits passively for the host @value{GDBN} to communicate with it. To use a TCP connection instead of a serial line: @smallexample target> gdbserver host:2345 emacs foo.txt @end smallexample The only difference from the previous example is the first argument, specifying that you are communicating with the host @value{GDBN} via TCP. The @samp{host:2345} argument means that @code{gdbserver} is to expect a TCP connection from machine @samp{host} to local TCP port 2345. (Currently, the @samp{host} part is ignored.) You can choose any number you want for the port number as long as it does not conflict with any TCP ports already in use on the target system (for example, @code{23} is reserved for @code{telnet}).@footnote{If you choose a port number that conflicts with another service, @code{gdbserver} prints an error message and exits.} You must use the same port number with the host @value{GDBN} @code{target remote} command. On some targets, @code{gdbserver} can also attach to running programs. This is accomplished via the @code{--attach} argument. The syntax is: @smallexample target> gdbserver @var{comm} --attach @var{pid} @end smallexample @var{pid} is the process ID of a currently running process. It isn't necessary to point @code{gdbserver} at a binary for the running process. @item On the @value{GDBN} host machine, you need an unstripped copy of your program, since @value{GDBN} needs symbols and debugging information. Start up @value{GDBN} as usual, using the name of the local copy of your program as the first argument. (You may also need the @w{@samp{--baud}} option if the serial line is running at anything other than 9600@dmn{bps}.) After that, use @code{target remote} to establish communications with @code{gdbserver}. Its argument is either a device name (usually a serial device, like @file{/dev/ttyb}), or a TCP port descriptor in the form @code{@var{host}:@var{PORT}}. For example: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) target remote /dev/ttyb @end smallexample @noindent communicates with the server via serial line @file{/dev/ttyb}, and @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) target remote the-target:2345 @end smallexample @noindent communicates via a TCP connection to port 2345 on host @w{@file{the-target}}. For TCP connections, you must start up @code{gdbserver} prior to using the @code{target remote} command. Otherwise you may get an error whose text depends on the host system, but which usually looks something like @samp{Connection refused}. @end table @node NetWare @section Using the @code{gdbserve.nlm} program @kindex gdbserve.nlm @code{gdbserve.nlm} is a control program for NetWare systems, which allows you to connect your program with a remote @value{GDBN} via @code{target remote}. @value{GDBN} and @code{gdbserve.nlm} communicate via a serial line, using the standard @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol. @table @emph @item On the target machine, you need to have a copy of the program you want to debug. @code{gdbserve.nlm} does not need your program's symbol table, so you can strip the program if necessary to save space. @value{GDBN} on the host system does all the symbol handling. To use the server, you must tell it how to communicate with @value{GDBN}; the name of your program; and the arguments for your program. The syntax is: @smallexample load gdbserve [ BOARD=@var{board} ] [ PORT=@var{port} ] [ BAUD=@var{baud} ] @var{program} [ @var{args} @dots{} ] @end smallexample @var{board} and @var{port} specify the serial line; @var{baud} specifies the baud rate used by the connection. @var{port} and @var{node} default to 0, @var{baud} defaults to 9600@dmn{bps}. For example, to debug Emacs with the argument @samp{foo.txt}and communicate with @value{GDBN} over serial port number 2 or board 1 using a 19200@dmn{bps} connection: @smallexample load gdbserve BOARD=1 PORT=2 BAUD=19200 emacs foo.txt @end smallexample @item On the @value{GDBN} host machine, you need an unstripped copy of your program, since @value{GDBN} needs symbols and debugging information. Start up @value{GDBN} as usual, using the name of the local copy of your program as the first argument. (You may also need the @w{@samp{--baud}} option if the serial line is running at anything other than 9600@dmn{bps}. After that, use @code{target remote} to establish communications with @code{gdbserve.nlm}. Its argument is a device name (usually a serial device, like @file{/dev/ttyb}). For example: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) target remote /dev/ttyb @end smallexample @noindent communications with the server via serial line @file{/dev/ttyb}. @end table @node remote stub @section Implementing a remote stub @cindex debugging stub, example @cindex remote stub, example @cindex stub example, remote debugging The stub files provided with @value{GDBN} implement the target side of the communication protocol, and the @value{GDBN} side is implemented in the @value{GDBN} source file @file{remote.c}. Normally, you can simply allow these subroutines to communicate, and ignore the details. (If you're implementing your own stub file, you can still ignore the details: start with one of the existing stub files. @file{sparc-stub.c} is the best organized, and therefore the easiest to read.) @cindex remote serial debugging, overview To debug a program running on another machine (the debugging @dfn{target} machine), you must first arrange for all the usual prerequisites for the program to run by itself. For example, for a C program, you need: @enumerate @item A startup routine to set up the C runtime environment; these usually have a name like @file{crt0}. The startup routine may be supplied by your hardware supplier, or you may have to write your own. @item A C subroutine library to support your program's subroutine calls, notably managing input and output. @item A way of getting your program to the other machine---for example, a download program. These are often supplied by the hardware manufacturer, but you may have to write your own from hardware documentation. @end enumerate The next step is to arrange for your program to use a serial port to communicate with the machine where @value{GDBN} is running (the @dfn{host} machine). In general terms, the scheme looks like this: @table @emph @item On the host, @value{GDBN} already understands how to use this protocol; when everything else is set up, you can simply use the @samp{target remote} command (@pxref{Targets,,Specifying a Debugging Target}). @item On the target, you must link with your program a few special-purpose subroutines that implement the @value{GDBN} remote serial protocol. The file containing these subroutines is called a @dfn{debugging stub}. On certain remote targets, you can use an auxiliary program @code{gdbserver} instead of linking a stub into your program. @xref{Server,,Using the @code{gdbserver} program}, for details. @end table The debugging stub is specific to the architecture of the remote machine; for example, use @file{sparc-stub.c} to debug programs on @sc{sparc} boards. @cindex remote serial stub list These working remote stubs are distributed with @value{GDBN}: @table @code @item i386-stub.c @cindex @file{i386-stub.c} @cindex Intel @cindex i386 For Intel 386 and compatible architectures. @item m68k-stub.c @cindex @file{m68k-stub.c} @cindex Motorola 680x0 @cindex m680x0 For Motorola 680x0 architectures. @item sh-stub.c @cindex @file{sh-stub.c} @cindex Hitachi @cindex SH For Hitachi SH architectures. @item sparc-stub.c @cindex @file{sparc-stub.c} @cindex Sparc For @sc{sparc} architectures. @item sparcl-stub.c @cindex @file{sparcl-stub.c} @cindex Fujitsu @cindex SparcLite For Fujitsu @sc{sparclite} architectures. @end table The @file{README} file in the @value{GDBN} distribution may list other recently added stubs. @menu * Stub Contents:: What the stub can do for you * Bootstrapping:: What you must do for the stub * Debug Session:: Putting it all together @end menu @node Stub Contents @subsection What the stub can do for you @cindex remote serial stub The debugging stub for your architecture supplies these three subroutines: @table @code @item set_debug_traps @kindex set_debug_traps @cindex remote serial stub, initialization This routine arranges for @code{handle_exception} to run when your program stops. You must call this subroutine explicitly near the beginning of your program. @item handle_exception @kindex handle_exception @cindex remote serial stub, main routine This is the central workhorse, but your program never calls it explicitly---the setup code arranges for @code{handle_exception} to run when a trap is triggered. @code{handle_exception} takes control when your program stops during execution (for example, on a breakpoint), and mediates communications with @value{GDBN} on the host machine. This is where the communications protocol is implemented; @code{handle_exception} acts as the @value{GDBN} representative on the target machine. It begins by sending summary information on the state of your program, then continues to execute, retrieving and transmitting any information @value{GDBN} needs, until you execute a @value{GDBN} command that makes your program resume; at that point, @code{handle_exception} returns control to your own code on the target machine. @item breakpoint @cindex @code{breakpoint} subroutine, remote Use this auxiliary subroutine to make your program contain a breakpoint. Depending on the particular situation, this may be the only way for @value{GDBN} to get control. For instance, if your target machine has some sort of interrupt button, you won't need to call this; pressing the interrupt button transfers control to @code{handle_exception}---in effect, to @value{GDBN}. On some machines, simply receiving characters on the serial port may also trigger a trap; again, in that situation, you don't need to call @code{breakpoint} from your own program---simply running @samp{target remote} from the host @value{GDBN} session gets control. Call @code{breakpoint} if none of these is true, or if you simply want to make certain your program stops at a predetermined point for the start of your debugging session. @end table @node Bootstrapping @subsection What you must do for the stub @cindex remote stub, support routines The debugging stubs that come with @value{GDBN} are set up for a particular chip architecture, but they have no information about the rest of your debugging target machine. First of all you need to tell the stub how to communicate with the serial port. @table @code @item int getDebugChar() @kindex getDebugChar Write this subroutine to read a single character from the serial port. It may be identical to @code{getchar} for your target system; a different name is used to allow you to distinguish the two if you wish. @item void putDebugChar(int) @kindex putDebugChar Write this subroutine to write a single character to the serial port. It may be identical to @code{putchar} for your target system; a different name is used to allow you to distinguish the two if you wish. @end table @cindex control C, and remote debugging @cindex interrupting remote targets If you want @value{GDBN} to be able to stop your program while it is running, you need to use an interrupt-driven serial driver, and arrange for it to stop when it receives a @code{^C} (@samp{\003}, the control-C character). That is the character which @value{GDBN} uses to tell the remote system to stop. Getting the debugging target to return the proper status to @value{GDBN} probably requires changes to the standard stub; one quick and dirty way is to just execute a breakpoint instruction (the ``dirty'' part is that @value{GDBN} reports a @code{SIGTRAP} instead of a @code{SIGINT}). Other routines you need to supply are: @table @code @item void exceptionHandler (int @var{exception_number}, void *@var{exception_address}) @kindex exceptionHandler Write this function to install @var{exception_address} in the exception handling tables. You need to do this because the stub does not have any way of knowing what the exception handling tables on your target system are like (for example, the processor's table might be in @sc{rom}, containing entries which point to a table in @sc{ram}). @var{exception_number} is the exception number which should be changed; its meaning is architecture-dependent (for example, different numbers might represent divide by zero, misaligned access, etc). When this exception occurs, control should be transferred directly to @var{exception_address}, and the processor state (stack, registers, and so on) should be just as it is when a processor exception occurs. So if you want to use a jump instruction to reach @var{exception_address}, it should be a simple jump, not a jump to subroutine. For the 386, @var{exception_address} should be installed as an interrupt gate so that interrupts are masked while the handler runs. The gate should be at privilege level 0 (the most privileged level). The @sc{sparc} and 68k stubs are able to mask interrupts themselves without help from @code{exceptionHandler}. @item void flush_i_cache() @kindex flush_i_cache On @sc{sparc} and @sc{sparclite} only, write this subroutine to flush the instruction cache, if any, on your target machine. If there is no instruction cache, this subroutine may be a no-op. On target machines that have instruction caches, @value{GDBN} requires this function to make certain that the state of your program is stable. @end table @noindent You must also make sure this library routine is available: @table @code @item void *memset(void *, int, int) @kindex memset This is the standard library function @code{memset} that sets an area of memory to a known value. If you have one of the free versions of @code{libc.a}, @code{memset} can be found there; otherwise, you must either obtain it from your hardware manufacturer, or write your own. @end table If you do not use the GNU C compiler, you may need other standard library subroutines as well; this varies from one stub to another, but in general the stubs are likely to use any of the common library subroutines which @code{@value{GCC}} generates as inline code. @node Debug Session @subsection Putting it all together @cindex remote serial debugging summary In summary, when your program is ready to debug, you must follow these steps. @enumerate @item Make sure you have defined the supporting low-level routines (@pxref{Bootstrapping,,What you must do for the stub}): @display @code{getDebugChar}, @code{putDebugChar}, @code{flush_i_cache}, @code{memset}, @code{exceptionHandler}. @end display @item Insert these lines near the top of your program: @smallexample set_debug_traps(); breakpoint(); @end smallexample @item For the 680x0 stub only, you need to provide a variable called @code{exceptionHook}. Normally you just use: @smallexample void (*exceptionHook)() = 0; @end smallexample @noindent but if before calling @code{set_debug_traps}, you set it to point to a function in your program, that function is called when @code{@value{GDBN}} continues after stopping on a trap (for example, bus error). The function indicated by @code{exceptionHook} is called with one parameter: an @code{int} which is the exception number. @item Compile and link together: your program, the @value{GDBN} debugging stub for your target architecture, and the supporting subroutines. @item Make sure you have a serial connection between your target machine and the @value{GDBN} host, and identify the serial port on the host. @item @c The "remote" target now provides a `load' command, so we should @c document that. FIXME. Download your program to your target machine (or get it there by whatever means the manufacturer provides), and start it. @item To start remote debugging, run @value{GDBN} on the host machine, and specify as an executable file the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells @value{GDBN} how to find your program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. @item @cindex serial line, @code{target remote} Establish communication using the @code{target remote} command. Its argument specifies how to communicate with the target machine---either via a devicename attached to a direct serial line, or a TCP or UDP port (usually to a terminal server which in turn has a serial line to the target). For example, to use a serial line connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}: @smallexample target remote /dev/ttyb @end smallexample @cindex TCP port, @code{target remote} To use a TCP connection, use an argument of the form @code{@var{host}:@var{port}} or @code{tcp:@var{host}:@var{port}}. For example, to connect to port 2828 on a terminal server named @code{manyfarms}: @smallexample target remote manyfarms:2828 @end smallexample If your remote target is actually running on the same machine as your debugger session (e.g.@: a simulator of your target running on the same host), you can omit the hostname. For example, to connect to port 1234 on your local machine: @smallexample target remote :1234 @end smallexample @noindent Note that the colon is still required here. @cindex UDP port, @code{target remote} To use a UDP connection, use an argument of the form @code{udp:@var{host}:@var{port}}. For example, to connect to UDP port 2828 on a terminal server named @code{manyfarms}: @smallexample target remote udp:manyfarms:2828 @end smallexample When using a UDP connection for remote debugging, you should keep in mind that the `U' stands for ``Unreliable''. UDP can silently drop packets on busy or unreliable networks, which will cause havoc with your debugging session. @end enumerate Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to step and continue the remote program. To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach} command. @cindex interrupting remote programs @cindex remote programs, interrupting Whenever @value{GDBN} is waiting for the remote program, if you type the interrupt character (often @key{C-C}), @value{GDBN} attempts to stop the program. This may or may not succeed, depending in part on the hardware and the serial drivers the remote system uses. If you type the interrupt character once again, @value{GDBN} displays this prompt: @smallexample Interrupted while waiting for the program. Give up (and stop debugging it)? (y or n) @end smallexample If you type @kbd{y}, @value{GDBN} abandons the remote debugging session. (If you decide you want to try again later, you can use @samp{target remote} again to connect once more.) If you type @kbd{n}, @value{GDBN} goes back to waiting. @node Configurations @chapter Configuration-Specific Information While nearly all @value{GDBN} commands are available for all native and cross versions of the debugger, there are some exceptions. This chapter describes things that are only available in certain configurations. There are three major categories of configurations: native configurations, where the host and target are the same, embedded operating system configurations, which are usually the same for several different processor architectures, and bare embedded processors, which are quite different from each other. @menu * Native:: * Embedded OS:: * Embedded Processors:: * Architectures:: @end menu @node Native @section Native This section describes details specific to particular native configurations. @menu * HP-UX:: HP-UX * SVR4 Process Information:: SVR4 process information * DJGPP Native:: Features specific to the DJGPP port * Cygwin Native:: Features specific to the Cygwin port @end menu @node HP-UX @subsection HP-UX On HP-UX systems, if you refer to a function or variable name that begins with a dollar sign, @value{GDBN} searches for a user or system name first, before it searches for a convenience variable. @node SVR4 Process Information @subsection SVR4 process information @kindex /proc @cindex process image Many versions of SVR4 provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system subroutines. If @value{GDBN} is configured for an operating system with this facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several kinds of information about the process running your program. @code{info proc} works only on SVR4 systems that include the @code{procfs} code. This includes OSF/1 (Digital Unix), Solaris, Irix, and Unixware, but not HP-UX or @sc{gnu}/Linux, for example. @table @code @kindex info proc @item info proc Summarize available information about the process. @kindex info proc mappings @item info proc mappings Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range. @ignore @comment These sub-options of 'info proc' were not included when @comment procfs.c was re-written. Keep their descriptions around @comment against the day when someone finds the time to put them back in. @kindex info proc times @item info proc times Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and its children. @kindex info proc id @item info proc id Report on the process IDs related to your program: its own process ID, the ID of its parent, the process group ID, and the session ID. @kindex info proc status @item info proc status General information on the state of the process. If the process is stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal received. @item info proc all Show all the above information about the process. @end ignore @end table @node DJGPP Native @subsection Features for Debugging @sc{djgpp} Programs @cindex @sc{djgpp} debugging @cindex native @sc{djgpp} debugging @cindex MS-DOS-specific commands @sc{djgpp} is the port of @sc{gnu} development tools to MS-DOS and MS-Windows. @sc{djgpp} programs are 32-bit protected-mode programs that use the @dfn{DPMI} (DOS Protected-Mode Interface) API to run on top of real-mode DOS systems and their emulations. @value{GDBN} supports native debugging of @sc{djgpp} programs, and defines a few commands specific to the @sc{djgpp} port. This subsection describes those commands. @table @code @kindex info dos @item info dos This is a prefix of @sc{djgpp}-specific commands which print information about the target system and important OS structures. @kindex sysinfo @cindex MS-DOS system info @cindex free memory information (MS-DOS) @item info dos sysinfo This command displays assorted information about the underlying platform: the CPU type and features, the OS version and flavor, the DPMI version, and the available conventional and DPMI memory. @cindex GDT @cindex LDT @cindex IDT @cindex segment descriptor tables @cindex descriptor tables display @item info dos gdt @itemx info dos ldt @itemx info dos idt These 3 commands display entries from, respectively, Global, Local, and Interrupt Descriptor Tables (GDT, LDT, and IDT). The descriptor tables are data structures which store a descriptor for each segment that is currently in use. The segment's selector is an index into a descriptor table; the table entry for that index holds the descriptor's base address and limit, and its attributes and access rights. A typical @sc{djgpp} program uses 3 segments: a code segment, a data segment (used for both data and the stack), and a DOS segment (which allows access to DOS/BIOS data structures and absolute addresses in conventional memory). However, the DPMI host will usually define additional segments in order to support the DPMI environment. @cindex garbled pointers These commands allow to display entries from the descriptor tables. Without an argument, all entries from the specified table are displayed. An argument, which should be an integer expression, means display a single entry whose index is given by the argument. For example, here's a convenient way to display information about the debugged program's data segment: @smallexample @exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos ldt $ds} @exdent @code{0x13f: base=0x11970000 limit=0x0009ffff 32-Bit Data (Read/Write, Exp-up)} @end smallexample @noindent This comes in handy when you want to see whether a pointer is outside the data segment's limit (i.e.@: @dfn{garbled}). @cindex page tables display (MS-DOS) @item info dos pde @itemx info dos pte These two commands display entries from, respectively, the Page Directory and the Page Tables. Page Directories and Page Tables are data structures which control how virtual memory addresses are mapped into physical addresses. A Page Table includes an entry for every page of memory that is mapped into the program's address space; there may be several Page Tables, each one holding up to 4096 entries. A Page Directory has up to 4096 entries, one each for every Page Table that is currently in use. Without an argument, @kbd{info dos pde} displays the entire Page Directory, and @kbd{info dos pte} displays all the entries in all of the Page Tables. An argument, an integer expression, given to the @kbd{info dos pde} command means display only that entry from the Page Directory table. An argument given to the @kbd{info dos pte} command means display entries from a single Page Table, the one pointed to by the specified entry in the Page Directory. @cindex direct memory access (DMA) on MS-DOS These commands are useful when your program uses @dfn{DMA} (Direct Memory Access), which needs physical addresses to program the DMA controller. These commands are supported only with some DPMI servers. @cindex physical address from linear address @item info dos address-pte @var{addr} This command displays the Page Table entry for a specified linear address. The argument linear address @var{addr} should already have the appropriate segment's base address added to it, because this command accepts addresses which may belong to @emph{any} segment. For example, here's how to display the Page Table entry for the page where the variable @code{i} is stored: @smallexample @exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos address-pte __djgpp_base_address + (char *)&i} @exdent @code{Page Table entry for address 0x11a00d30:} @exdent @code{Base=0x02698000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0xd30} @end smallexample @noindent This says that @code{i} is stored at offset @code{0xd30} from the page whose physical base address is @code{0x02698000}, and prints all the attributes of that page. Note that you must cast the addresses of variables to a @code{char *}, since otherwise the value of @code{__djgpp_base_address}, the base address of all variables and functions in a @sc{djgpp} program, will be added using the rules of C pointer arithmetics: if @code{i} is declared an @code{int}, @value{GDBN} will add 4 times the value of @code{__djgpp_base_address} to the address of @code{i}. Here's another example, it displays the Page Table entry for the transfer buffer: @smallexample @exdent @code{(@value{GDBP}) info dos address-pte *((unsigned *)&_go32_info_block + 3)} @exdent @code{Page Table entry for address 0x29110:} @exdent @code{Base=0x00029000 Dirty Acc. Not-Cached Write-Back Usr Read-Write +0x110} @end smallexample @noindent (The @code{+ 3} offset is because the transfer buffer's address is the 3rd member of the @code{_go32_info_block} structure.) The output of this command clearly shows that addresses in conventional memory are mapped 1:1, i.e.@: the physical and linear addresses are identical. This command is supported only with some DPMI servers. @end table @node Cygwin Native @subsection Features for Debugging MS Windows PE executables @cindex MS Windows debugging @cindex native Cygwin debugging @cindex Cygwin-specific commands @value{GDBN} supports native debugging of MS Windows programs, and defines a few commands specific to the Cygwin port. This subsection describes those commands. @table @code @kindex info w32 @item info w32 This is a prefix of MS Windows specific commands which print information about the target system and important OS structures. @item info w32 selector This command displays information returned by the Win32 API @code{GetThreadSelectorEntry} function. It takes an optional argument that is evaluated to a long value to give the information about this given selector. Without argument, this command displays information about the the six segment registers. @kindex info dll @item info dll This is a Cygwin specific alias of info shared. @kindex dll-symbols @item dll-symbols This command loads symbols from a dll similarly to add-sym command but without the need to specify a base address. @kindex set new-console @item set new-console @var{mode} If @var{mode} is @code{on} the debuggee will be started in a new console on next start. If @var{mode} is @code{off}i, the debuggee will be started in the same console as the debugger. @kindex show new-console @item show new-console Displays whether a new console is used when the debuggee is started. @kindex set new-group @item set new-group @var{mode} This boolean value controls whether the debuggee should start a new group or stay in the same group as the debugger. This affects the way the Windows OS handles Ctrl-C. @kindex show new-group @item show new-group Displays current value of new-group boolean. @kindex set debugevents @item set debugevents This boolean value adds debug output concerning events seen by the debugger. @kindex set debugexec @item set debugexec This boolean value adds debug output concerning execute events seen by the debugger. @kindex set debugexceptions @item set debugexceptions This boolean value adds debug ouptut concerning exception events seen by the debugger. @kindex set debugmemory @item set debugmemory This boolean value adds debug ouptut concerning memory events seen by the debugger. @kindex set shell @item set shell This boolean values specifies whether the debuggee is called via a shell or directly (default value is on). @kindex show shell @item show shell Displays if the debuggee will be started with a shell. @end table @node Embedded OS @section Embedded Operating Systems This section describes configurations involving the debugging of embedded operating systems that are available for several different architectures. @menu * VxWorks:: Using @value{GDBN} with VxWorks @end menu @value{GDBN} includes the ability to debug programs running on various real-time operating systems. @node VxWorks @subsection Using @value{GDBN} with VxWorks @cindex VxWorks @table @code @kindex target vxworks @item target vxworks @var{machinename} A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename} is the target system's machine name or IP address. @end table On VxWorks, @code{load} links @var{filename} dynamically on the current target system as well as adding its symbols in @value{GDBN}. @value{GDBN} enables developers to spawn and debug tasks running on networked VxWorks targets from a Unix host. Already-running tasks spawned from the VxWorks shell can also be debugged. @value{GDBN} uses code that runs on both the Unix host and on the VxWorks target. The program @code{@value{GDBP}} is installed and executed on the Unix host. (It may be installed with the name @code{vxgdb}, to distinguish it from a @value{GDBN} for debugging programs on the host itself.) @table @code @item VxWorks-timeout @var{args} @kindex vxworks-timeout All VxWorks-based targets now support the option @code{vxworks-timeout}. This option is set by the user, and @var{args} represents the number of seconds @value{GDBN} waits for responses to rpc's. You might use this if your VxWorks target is a slow software simulator or is on the far side of a thin network line. @end table The following information on connecting to VxWorks was current when this manual was produced; newer releases of VxWorks may use revised procedures. @kindex INCLUDE_RDB To use @value{GDBN} with VxWorks, you must rebuild your VxWorks kernel to include the remote debugging interface routines in the VxWorks library @file{rdb.a}. To do this, define @code{INCLUDE_RDB} in the VxWorks configuration file @file{configAll.h} and rebuild your VxWorks kernel. The resulting kernel contains @file{rdb.a}, and spawns the source debugging task @code{tRdbTask} when VxWorks is booted. For more information on configuring and remaking VxWorks, see the manufacturer's manual. @c VxWorks, see the @cite{VxWorks Programmer's Guide}. Once you have included @file{rdb.a} in your VxWorks system image and set your Unix execution search path to find @value{GDBN}, you are ready to run @value{GDBN}. From your Unix host, run @code{@value{GDBP}} (or @code{vxgdb}, depending on your installation). @value{GDBN} comes up showing the prompt: @smallexample (vxgdb) @end smallexample @menu * VxWorks Connection:: Connecting to VxWorks * VxWorks Download:: VxWorks download * VxWorks Attach:: Running tasks @end menu @node VxWorks Connection @subsubsection Connecting to VxWorks The @value{GDBN} command @code{target} lets you connect to a VxWorks target on the network. To connect to a target whose host name is ``@code{tt}'', type: @smallexample (vxgdb) target vxworks tt @end smallexample @need 750 @value{GDBN} displays messages like these: @smallexample Attaching remote machine across net... Connected to tt. @end smallexample @need 1000 @value{GDBN} then attempts to read the symbol tables of any object modules loaded into the VxWorks target since it was last booted. @value{GDBN} locates these files by searching the directories listed in the command search path (@pxref{Environment, ,Your program's environment}); if it fails to find an object file, it displays a message such as: @smallexample prog.o: No such file or directory. @end smallexample When this happens, add the appropriate directory to the search path with the @value{GDBN} command @code{path}, and execute the @code{target} command again. @node VxWorks Download @subsubsection VxWorks download @cindex download to VxWorks If you have connected to the VxWorks target and you want to debug an object that has not yet been loaded, you can use the @value{GDBN} @code{load} command to download a file from Unix to VxWorks incrementally. The object file given as an argument to the @code{load} command is actually opened twice: first by the VxWorks target in order to download the code, then by @value{GDBN} in order to read the symbol table. This can lead to problems if the current working directories on the two systems differ. If both systems have NFS mounted the same filesystems, you can avoid these problems by using absolute paths. Otherwise, it is simplest to set the working directory on both systems to the directory in which the object file resides, and then to reference the file by its name, without any path. For instance, a program @file{prog.o} may reside in @file{@var{vxpath}/vw/demo/rdb} in VxWorks and in @file{@var{hostpath}/vw/demo/rdb} on the host. To load this program, type this on VxWorks: @smallexample -> cd "@var{vxpath}/vw/demo/rdb" @end smallexample @noindent Then, in @value{GDBN}, type: @smallexample (vxgdb) cd @var{hostpath}/vw/demo/rdb (vxgdb) load prog.o @end smallexample @value{GDBN} displays a response similar to this: @smallexample Reading symbol data from wherever/vw/demo/rdb/prog.o... done. @end smallexample You can also use the @code{load} command to reload an object module after editing and recompiling the corresponding source file. Note that this makes @value{GDBN} delete all currently-defined breakpoints, auto-displays, and convenience variables, and to clear the value history. (This is necessary in order to preserve the integrity of debugger's data structures that reference the target system's symbol table.) @node VxWorks Attach @subsubsection Running tasks @cindex running VxWorks tasks You can also attach to an existing task using the @code{attach} command as follows: @smallexample (vxgdb) attach @var{task} @end smallexample @noindent where @var{task} is the VxWorks hexadecimal task ID. The task can be running or suspended when you attach to it. Running tasks are suspended at the time of attachment. @node Embedded Processors @section Embedded Processors This section goes into details specific to particular embedded configurations. @menu * ARM:: ARM * H8/300:: Hitachi H8/300 * H8/500:: Hitachi H8/500 * i960:: Intel i960 * M32R/D:: Mitsubishi M32R/D * M68K:: Motorola M68K @c OBSOLETE * M88K:: Motorola M88K * MIPS Embedded:: MIPS Embedded * OpenRISC 1000:: OpenRisc 1000 * PA:: HP PA Embedded * PowerPC: PowerPC * SH:: Hitachi SH * Sparclet:: Tsqware Sparclet * Sparclite:: Fujitsu Sparclite * ST2000:: Tandem ST2000 * Z8000:: Zilog Z8000 @end menu @node ARM @subsection ARM @table @code @kindex target rdi @item target rdi @var{dev} ARM Angel monitor, via RDI library interface to ADP protocol. You may use this target to communicate with both boards running the Angel monitor, or with the EmbeddedICE JTAG debug device. @kindex target rdp @item target rdp @var{dev} ARM Demon monitor. @end table @node H8/300 @subsection Hitachi H8/300 @table @code @kindex target hms@r{, with H8/300} @item target hms @var{dev} A Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500 board, attached via serial line to your host. Use special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial line and the communications speed used. @kindex target e7000@r{, with H8/300} @item target e7000 @var{dev} E7000 emulator for Hitachi H8 and SH. @kindex target sh3@r{, with H8/300} @kindex target sh3e@r{, with H8/300} @item target sh3 @var{dev} @itemx target sh3e @var{dev} Hitachi SH-3 and SH-3E target systems. @end table @cindex download to H8/300 or H8/500 @cindex H8/300 or H8/500 download @cindex download to Hitachi SH @cindex Hitachi SH download When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500 board, the @code{load} command downloads your program to the Hitachi board and also opens it as the current executable target for @value{GDBN} on your host (like the @code{file} command). @value{GDBN} needs to know these things to talk to your Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500: @enumerate @item that you want to use @samp{target hms}, the remote debugging interface for Hitachi microprocessors, or @samp{target e7000}, the in-circuit emulator for the Hitachi SH and the Hitachi 300H. (@samp{target hms} is the default when @value{GDBN} is configured specifically for the Hitachi SH, H8/300, or H8/500.) @item what serial device connects your host to your Hitachi board (the first serial device available on your host is the default). @item what speed to use over the serial device. @end enumerate @menu * Hitachi Boards:: Connecting to Hitachi boards. * Hitachi ICE:: Using the E7000 In-Circuit Emulator. * Hitachi Special:: Special @value{GDBN} commands for Hitachi micros. @end menu @node Hitachi Boards @subsubsection Connecting to Hitachi boards @c only for Unix hosts @kindex device @cindex serial device, Hitachi micros Use the special @code{@value{GDBN}} command @samp{device @var{port}} if you need to explicitly set the serial device. The default @var{port} is the first available port on your host. This is only necessary on Unix hosts, where it is typically something like @file{/dev/ttya}. @kindex speed @cindex serial line speed, Hitachi micros @code{@value{GDBN}} has another special command to set the communications speed: @samp{speed @var{bps}}. This command also is only used from Unix hosts; on DOS hosts, set the line speed as usual from outside @value{GDBN} with the DOS @code{mode} command (for instance, @w{@kbd{mode com2:9600,n,8,1,p}} for a 9600@dmn{bps} connection). The @samp{device} and @samp{speed} commands are available only when you use a Unix host to debug your Hitachi microprocessor programs. If you use a DOS host, @value{GDBN} depends on an auxiliary terminate-and-stay-resident program called @code{asynctsr} to communicate with the development board through a PC serial port. You must also use the DOS @code{mode} command to set up the serial port on the DOS side. The following sample session illustrates the steps needed to start a program under @value{GDBN} control on an H8/300. The example uses a sample H8/300 program called @file{t.x}. The procedure is the same for the Hitachi SH and the H8/500. First hook up your development board. In this example, we use a board attached to serial port @code{COM2}; if you use a different serial port, substitute its name in the argument of the @code{mode} command. When you call @code{asynctsr}, the auxiliary comms program used by the debugger, you give it just the numeric part of the serial port's name; for example, @samp{asyncstr 2} below runs @code{asyncstr} on @code{COM2}. @smallexample C:\H8300\TEST> asynctsr 2 C:\H8300\TEST> mode com2:9600,n,8,1,p Resident portion of MODE loaded COM2: 9600, n, 8, 1, p @end smallexample @quotation @emph{Warning:} We have noticed a bug in PC-NFS that conflicts with @code{asynctsr}. If you also run PC-NFS on your DOS host, you may need to disable it, or even boot without it, to use @code{asynctsr} to control your development board. @end quotation @kindex target hms@r{, and serial protocol} Now that serial communications are set up, and the development board is connected, you can start up @value{GDBN}. Call @code{@value{GDBP}} with the name of your program as the argument. @code{@value{GDBN}} prompts you, as usual, with the prompt @samp{(@value{GDBP})}. Use two special commands to begin your debugging session: @samp{target hms} to specify cross-debugging to the Hitachi board, and the @code{load} command to download your program to the board. @code{load} displays the names of the program's sections, and a @samp{*} for each 2K of data downloaded. (If you want to refresh @value{GDBN} data on symbols or on the executable file without downloading, use the @value{GDBN} commands @code{file} or @code{symbol-file}. These commands, and @code{load} itself, are described in @ref{Files,,Commands to specify files}.) @smallexample (eg-C:\H8300\TEST) @value{GDBP} t.x @value{GDBN} is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see the conditions. There is absolutely no warranty for @value{GDBN}; type "show warranty" for details. @value{GDBN} @value{GDBVN}, Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc... (@value{GDBP}) target hms Connected to remote H8/300 HMS system. (@value{GDBP}) load t.x .text : 0x8000 .. 0xabde *********** .data : 0xabde .. 0xad30 * .stack : 0xf000 .. 0xf014 * @end smallexample At this point, you're ready to run or debug your program. From here on, you can use all the usual @value{GDBN} commands. The @code{break} command sets breakpoints; the @code{run} command starts your program; @code{print} or @code{x} display data; the @code{continue} command resumes execution after stopping at a breakpoint. You can use the @code{help} command at any time to find out more about @value{GDBN} commands. Remember, however, that @emph{operating system} facilities aren't available on your development board; for example, if your program hangs, you can't send an interrupt---but you can press the @sc{reset} switch! Use the @sc{reset} button on the development board @itemize @bullet @item to interrupt your program (don't use @kbd{ctl-C} on the DOS host---it has no way to pass an interrupt signal to the development board); and @item to return to the @value{GDBN} command prompt after your program finishes normally. The communications protocol provides no other way for @value{GDBN} to detect program completion. @end itemize In either case, @value{GDBN} sees the effect of a @sc{reset} on the development board as a ``normal exit'' of your program. @node Hitachi ICE @subsubsection Using the E7000 in-circuit emulator @kindex target e7000@r{, with Hitachi ICE} You can use the E7000 in-circuit emulator to develop code for either the Hitachi SH or the H8/300H. Use one of these forms of the @samp{target e7000} command to connect @value{GDBN} to your E7000: @table @code @item target e7000 @var{port} @var{speed} Use this form if your E7000 is connected to a serial port. The @var{port} argument identifies what serial port to use (for example, @samp{com2}). The third argument is the line speed in bits per second (for example, @samp{9600}). @item target e7000 @var{hostname} If your E7000 is installed as a host on a TCP/IP network, you can just specify its hostname; @value{GDBN} uses @code{telnet} to connect. @end table @node Hitachi Special @subsubsection Special @value{GDBN} commands for Hitachi micros Some @value{GDBN} commands are available only for the H8/300: @table @code @kindex set machine @kindex show machine @item set machine h8300 @itemx set machine h8300h Condition @value{GDBN} for one of the two variants of the H8/300 architecture with @samp{set machine}. You can use @samp{show machine} to check which variant is currently in effect. @end table @node H8/500 @subsection H8/500 @table @code @kindex set memory @var{mod} @cindex memory models, H8/500 @item set memory @var{mod} @itemx show memory Specify which H8/500 memory model (@var{mod}) you are using with @samp{set memory}; check which memory model is in effect with @samp{show memory}. The accepted values for @var{mod} are @code{small}, @code{big}, @code{medium}, and @code{compact}. @end table @node i960 @subsection Intel i960 @table @code @kindex target mon960 @item target mon960 @var{dev} MON960 monitor for Intel i960. @kindex target nindy @item target nindy @var{devicename} An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g. @file{/dev/ttya}. @end table @cindex Nindy @cindex i960 @dfn{Nindy} is a ROM Monitor program for Intel 960 target systems. When @value{GDBN} is configured to control a remote Intel 960 using Nindy, you can tell @value{GDBN} how to connect to the 960 in several ways: @itemize @bullet @item Through command line options specifying serial port, version of the Nindy protocol, and communications speed; @item By responding to a prompt on startup; @item By using the @code{target} command at any point during your @value{GDBN} session. @xref{Target Commands, ,Commands for managing targets}. @end itemize @cindex download to Nindy-960 With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} downloads @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in @value{GDBN}. @menu * Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy * Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy * Nindy Reset:: Nindy reset command @end menu @node Nindy Startup @subsubsection Startup with Nindy If you simply start @code{@value{GDBP}} without using any command-line options, you are prompted for what serial port to use, @emph{before} you reach the ordinary @value{GDBN} prompt: @smallexample Attach /dev/ttyNN -- specify NN, or "quit" to quit: @end smallexample @noindent Respond to the prompt with whatever suffix (after @samp{/dev/tty}) identifies the serial port you want to use. You can, if you choose, simply start up with no Nindy connection by responding to the prompt with an empty line. If you do this and later wish to attach to Nindy, use @code{target} (@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for managing targets}). @node Nindy Options @subsubsection Options for Nindy These are the startup options for beginning your @value{GDBN} session with a Nindy-960 board attached: @table @code @item -r @var{port} Specify the serial port name of a serial interface to be used to connect to the target system. This option is only available when @value{GDBN} is configured for the Intel 960 target architecture. You may specify @var{port} as any of: a full pathname (e.g. @samp{-r /dev/ttya}), a device name in @file{/dev} (e.g. @samp{-r ttya}), or simply the unique suffix for a specific @code{tty} (e.g. @samp{-r a}). @item -O (An uppercase letter ``O'', not a zero.) Specify that @value{GDBN} should use the ``old'' Nindy monitor protocol to connect to the target system. This option is only available when @value{GDBN} is configured for the Intel 960 target architecture. @quotation @emph{Warning:} if you specify @samp{-O}, but are actually trying to connect to a target system that expects the newer protocol, the connection fails, appearing to be a speed mismatch. @value{GDBN} repeatedly attempts to reconnect at several different line speeds. You can abort this process with an interrupt. @end quotation @item -brk Specify that @value{GDBN} should first send a @code{BREAK} signal to the target system, in an attempt to reset it, before connecting to a Nindy target. @quotation @emph{Warning:} Many target systems do not have the hardware that this requires; it only works with a few boards. @end quotation @end table The standard @samp{-b} option controls the line speed used on the serial port. @c @group @node Nindy Reset @subsubsection Nindy reset command @table @code @item reset @kindex reset For a Nindy target, this command sends a ``break'' to the remote target system; this is only useful if the target has been equipped with a circuit to perform a hard reset (or some other interesting action) when a break is detected. @end table @c @end group @node M32R/D @subsection Mitsubishi M32R/D @table @code @kindex target m32r @item target m32r @var{dev} Mitsubishi M32R/D ROM monitor. @end table @node M68K @subsection M68k The Motorola m68k configuration includes ColdFire support, and target command for the following ROM monitors. @table @code @kindex target abug @item target abug @var{dev} ABug ROM monitor for M68K. @kindex target cpu32bug @item target cpu32bug @var{dev} CPU32BUG monitor, running on a CPU32 (M68K) board. @kindex target dbug @item target dbug @var{dev} dBUG ROM monitor for Motorola ColdFire. @kindex target est @item target est @var{dev} EST-300 ICE monitor, running on a CPU32 (M68K) board. @kindex target rom68k @item target rom68k @var{dev} ROM 68K monitor, running on an M68K IDP board. @end table If @value{GDBN} is configured with @code{m68*-ericsson-*}, it will instead have only a single special target command: @table @code @kindex target es1800 @item target es1800 @var{dev} ES-1800 emulator for M68K. @end table [context?] @table @code @kindex target rombug @item target rombug @var{dev} ROMBUG ROM monitor for OS/9000. @end table @c OBSOLETE @node M88K @c OBSOLETE @subsection M88K @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @table @code @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @kindex target bug @c OBSOLETE @item target bug @var{dev} @c OBSOLETE BUG monitor, running on a MVME187 (m88k) board. @c OBSOLETE @c OBSOLETE @end table @node MIPS Embedded @subsection MIPS Embedded @cindex MIPS boards @value{GDBN} can use the MIPS remote debugging protocol to talk to a MIPS board attached to a serial line. This is available when you configure @value{GDBN} with @samp{--target=mips-idt-ecoff}. @need 1000 Use these @value{GDBN} commands to specify the connection to your target board: @table @code @item target mips @var{port} @kindex target mips @var{port} To run a program on the board, start up @code{@value{GDBP}} with the name of your program as the argument. To connect to the board, use the command @samp{target mips @var{port}}, where @var{port} is the name of the serial port connected to the board. If the program has not already been downloaded to the board, you may use the @code{load} command to download it. You can then use all the usual @value{GDBN} commands. For example, this sequence connects to the target board through a serial port, and loads and runs a program called @var{prog} through the debugger: @smallexample host$ @value{GDBP} @var{prog} @value{GDBN} is free software and @dots{} (@value{GDBP}) target mips /dev/ttyb (@value{GDBP}) load @var{prog} (@value{GDBP}) run @end smallexample @item target mips @var{hostname}:@var{portnumber} On some @value{GDBN} host configurations, you can specify a TCP connection (for instance, to a serial line managed by a terminal concentrator) instead of a serial port, using the syntax @samp{@var{hostname}:@var{portnumber}}. @item target pmon @var{port} @kindex target pmon @var{port} PMON ROM monitor. @item target ddb @var{port} @kindex target ddb @var{port} NEC's DDB variant of PMON for Vr4300. @item target lsi @var{port} @kindex target lsi @var{port} LSI variant of PMON. @kindex target r3900 @item target r3900 @var{dev} Densan DVE-R3900 ROM monitor for Toshiba R3900 Mips. @kindex target array @item target array @var{dev} Array Tech LSI33K RAID controller board. @end table @noindent @value{GDBN} also supports these special commands for MIPS targets: @table @code @item set processor @var{args} @itemx show processor @kindex set processor @var{args} @kindex show processor Use the @code{set processor} command to set the type of MIPS processor when you want to access processor-type-specific registers. For example, @code{set processor @var{r3041}} tells @value{GDBN} to use the CPU registers appropriate for the 3041 chip. Use the @code{show processor} command to see what MIPS processor @value{GDBN} is using. Use the @code{info reg} command to see what registers @value{GDBN} is using. @item set mipsfpu double @itemx set mipsfpu single @itemx set mipsfpu none @itemx show mipsfpu @kindex set mipsfpu @kindex show mipsfpu @cindex MIPS remote floating point @cindex floating point, MIPS remote If your target board does not support the MIPS floating point coprocessor, you should use the command @samp{set mipsfpu none} (if you need this, you may wish to put the command in your @value{GDBN} init file). This tells @value{GDBN} how to find the return value of functions which return floating point values. It also allows @value{GDBN} to avoid saving the floating point registers when calling functions on the board. If you are using a floating point coprocessor with only single precision floating point support, as on the @sc{r4650} processor, use the command @samp{set mipsfpu single}. The default double precision floating point coprocessor may be selected using @samp{set mipsfpu double}. In previous versions the only choices were double precision or no floating point, so @samp{set mipsfpu on} will select double precision and @samp{set mipsfpu off} will select no floating point. As usual, you can inquire about the @code{mipsfpu} variable with @samp{show mipsfpu}. @item set remotedebug @var{n} @itemx show remotedebug @kindex set remotedebug@r{, MIPS protocol} @kindex show remotedebug@r{, MIPS protocol} @cindex @code{remotedebug}, MIPS protocol @cindex MIPS @code{remotedebug} protocol @c FIXME! For this to be useful, you must know something about the MIPS @c FIXME...protocol. Where is it described? You can see some debugging information about communications with the board by setting the @code{remotedebug} variable. If you set it to @code{1} using @samp{set remotedebug 1}, every packet is displayed. If you set it to @code{2}, every character is displayed. You can check the current value at any time with the command @samp{show remotedebug}. @item set timeout @var{seconds} @itemx set retransmit-timeout @var{seconds} @itemx show timeout @itemx show retransmit-timeout @cindex @code{timeout}, MIPS protocol @cindex @code{retransmit-timeout}, MIPS protocol @kindex set timeout @kindex show timeout @kindex set retransmit-timeout @kindex show retransmit-timeout You can control the timeout used while waiting for a packet, in the MIPS remote protocol, with the @code{set timeout @var{seconds}} command. The default is 5 seconds. Similarly, you can control the timeout used while waiting for an acknowledgement of a packet with the @code{set retransmit-timeout @var{seconds}} command. The default is 3 seconds. You can inspect both values with @code{show timeout} and @code{show retransmit-timeout}. (These commands are @emph{only} available when @value{GDBN} is configured for @samp{--target=mips-idt-ecoff}.) The timeout set by @code{set timeout} does not apply when @value{GDBN} is waiting for your program to stop. In that case, @value{GDBN} waits forever because it has no way of knowing how long the program is going to run before stopping. @end table @node OpenRISC 1000 @subsection OpenRISC 1000 @cindex OpenRISC 1000 @cindex or1k boards See OR1k Architecture document (@uref{www.opencores.org}) for more information about platform and commands. @table @code @kindex target jtag @item target jtag jtag://@var{host}:@var{port} Connects to remote JTAG server. JTAG remote server can be either an or1ksim or JTAG server, connected via parallel port to the board. Example: @code{target jtag jtag://localhost:9999} @kindex or1ksim @item or1ksim @var{command} If connected to @code{or1ksim} OpenRISC 1000 Architectural Simulator, proprietary commands can be executed. @kindex info or1k spr @item info or1k spr Displays spr groups. @item info or1k spr @var{group} @itemx info or1k spr @var{groupno} Displays register names in selected group. @item info or1k spr @var{group} @var{register} @itemx info or1k spr @var{register} @itemx info or1k spr @var{groupno} @var{registerno} @itemx info or1k spr @var{registerno} Shows information about specified spr register. @kindex spr @item spr @var{group} @var{register} @var{value} @itemx spr @var{register @var{value}} @itemx spr @var{groupno} @var{registerno @var{value}} @itemx spr @var{registerno @var{value}} Writes @var{value} to specified spr register. @end table Some implementations of OpenRISC 1000 Architecture also have hardware trace. It is very similar to @value{GDBN} trace, except it does not interfere with normal program execution and is thus much faster. Hardware breakpoints/watchpoint triggers can be set using: @table @code @item $LEA/$LDATA Load effective address/data @item $SEA/$SDATA Store effective address/data @item $AEA/$ADATA Access effective address ($SEA or $LEA) or data ($SDATA/$LDATA) @item $FETCH Fetch data @end table When triggered, it can capture low level data, like: @code{PC}, @code{LSEA}, @code{LDATA}, @code{SDATA}, @code{READSPR}, @code{WRITESPR}, @code{INSTR}. @code{htrace} commands: @cindex OpenRISC 1000 htrace @table @code @kindex hwatch @item hwatch @var{conditional} Set hardware watchpoint on combination of Load/Store Effecive Address(es) or Data. For example: @code{hwatch ($LEA == my_var) && ($LDATA < 50) || ($SEA == my_var) && ($SDATA >= 50)} @code{hwatch ($LEA == my_var) && ($LDATA < 50) || ($SEA == my_var) && ($SDATA >= 50)} @kindex htrace info @item htrace info Display information about current HW trace configuration. @kindex htrace trigger @item htrace trigger @var{conditional} Set starting criteria for HW trace. @kindex htrace qualifier @item htrace qualifier @var{conditional} Set acquisition qualifier for HW trace. @kindex htrace stop @item htrace stop @var{conditional} Set HW trace stopping criteria. @kindex htrace record @item htrace record @var{[data]*} Selects the data to be recorded, when qualifier is met and HW trace was triggered. @kindex htrace enable @item htrace enable @kindex htrace disable @itemx htrace disable Enables/disables the HW trace. @kindex htrace rewind @item htrace rewind @var{[filename]} Clears currently recorded trace data. If filename is specified, new trace file is made and any newly collected data will be written there. @kindex htrace print @item htrace print @var{[start [len]]} Prints trace buffer, using current record configuration. @kindex htrace mode continuous @item htrace mode continuous Set continuous trace mode. @kindex htrace mode suspend @item htrace mode suspend Set suspend trace mode. @end table @node PowerPC @subsection PowerPC @table @code @kindex target dink32 @item target dink32 @var{dev} DINK32 ROM monitor. @kindex target ppcbug @item target ppcbug @var{dev} @kindex target ppcbug1 @item target ppcbug1 @var{dev} PPCBUG ROM monitor for PowerPC. @kindex target sds @item target sds @var{dev} SDS monitor, running on a PowerPC board (such as Motorola's ADS). @end table @node PA @subsection HP PA Embedded @table @code @kindex target op50n @item target op50n @var{dev} OP50N monitor, running on an OKI HPPA board. @kindex target w89k @item target w89k @var{dev} W89K monitor, running on a Winbond HPPA board. @end table @node SH @subsection Hitachi SH @table @code @kindex target hms@r{, with Hitachi SH} @item target hms @var{dev} A Hitachi SH board attached via serial line to your host. Use special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial line and the communications speed used. @kindex target e7000@r{, with Hitachi SH} @item target e7000 @var{dev} E7000 emulator for Hitachi SH. @kindex target sh3@r{, with SH} @kindex target sh3e@r{, with SH} @item target sh3 @var{dev} @item target sh3e @var{dev} Hitachi SH-3 and SH-3E target systems. @end table @node Sparclet @subsection Tsqware Sparclet @cindex Sparclet @value{GDBN} enables developers to debug tasks running on Sparclet targets from a Unix host. @value{GDBN} uses code that runs on both the Unix host and on the Sparclet target. The program @code{@value{GDBP}} is installed and executed on the Unix host. @table @code @item remotetimeout @var{args} @kindex remotetimeout @value{GDBN} supports the option @code{remotetimeout}. This option is set by the user, and @var{args} represents the number of seconds @value{GDBN} waits for responses. @end table @cindex compiling, on Sparclet When compiling for debugging, include the options @samp{-g} to get debug information and @samp{-Ttext} to relocate the program to where you wish to load it on the target. You may also want to add the options @samp{-n} or @samp{-N} in order to reduce the size of the sections. Example: @smallexample sparclet-aout-gcc prog.c -Ttext 0x12010000 -g -o prog -N @end smallexample You can use @code{objdump} to verify that the addresses are what you intended: @smallexample sparclet-aout-objdump --headers --syms prog @end smallexample @cindex running, on Sparclet Once you have set your Unix execution search path to find @value{GDBN}, you are ready to run @value{GDBN}. From your Unix host, run @code{@value{GDBP}} (or @code{sparclet-aout-gdb}, depending on your installation). @value{GDBN} comes up showing the prompt: @smallexample (gdbslet) @end smallexample @menu * Sparclet File:: Setting the file to debug * Sparclet Connection:: Connecting to Sparclet * Sparclet Download:: Sparclet download * Sparclet Execution:: Running and debugging @end menu @node Sparclet File @subsubsection Setting file to debug The @value{GDBN} command @code{file} lets you choose with program to debug. @smallexample (gdbslet) file prog @end smallexample @need 1000 @value{GDBN} then attempts to read the symbol table of @file{prog}. @value{GDBN} locates the file by searching the directories listed in the command search path. If the file was compiled with debug information (option "-g"), source files will be searched as well. @value{GDBN} locates the source files by searching the directories listed in the directory search path (@pxref{Environment, ,Your program's environment}). If it fails to find a file, it displays a message such as: @smallexample prog: No such file or directory. @end smallexample When this happens, add the appropriate directories to the search paths with the @value{GDBN} commands @code{path} and @code{dir}, and execute the @code{target} command again. @node Sparclet Connection @subsubsection Connecting to Sparclet The @value{GDBN} command @code{target} lets you connect to a Sparclet target. To connect to a target on serial port ``@code{ttya}'', type: @smallexample (gdbslet) target sparclet /dev/ttya Remote target sparclet connected to /dev/ttya main () at ../prog.c:3 @end smallexample @need 750 @value{GDBN} displays messages like these: @smallexample Connected to ttya. @end smallexample @node Sparclet Download @subsubsection Sparclet download @cindex download to Sparclet Once connected to the Sparclet target, you can use the @value{GDBN} @code{load} command to download the file from the host to the target. The file name and load offset should be given as arguments to the @code{load} command. Since the file format is aout, the program must be loaded to the starting address. You can use @code{objdump} to find out what this value is. The load offset is an offset which is added to the VMA (virtual memory address) of each of the file's sections. For instance, if the program @file{prog} was linked to text address 0x1201000, with data at 0x12010160 and bss at 0x12010170, in @value{GDBN}, type: @smallexample (gdbslet) load prog 0x12010000 Loading section .text, size 0xdb0 vma 0x12010000 @end smallexample If the code is loaded at a different address then what the program was linked to, you may need to use the @code{section} and @code{add-symbol-file} commands to tell @value{GDBN} where to map the symbol table. @node Sparclet Execution @subsubsection Running and debugging @cindex running and debugging Sparclet programs You can now begin debugging the task using @value{GDBN}'s execution control commands, @code{b}, @code{step}, @code{run}, etc. See the @value{GDBN} manual for the list of commands. @smallexample (gdbslet) b main Breakpoint 1 at 0x12010000: file prog.c, line 3. (gdbslet) run Starting program: prog Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xeffff21c) at prog.c:3 3 char *symarg = 0; (gdbslet) step 4 char *execarg = "hello!"; (gdbslet) @end smallexample @node Sparclite @subsection Fujitsu Sparclite @table @code @kindex target sparclite @item target sparclite @var{dev} Fujitsu sparclite boards, used only for the purpose of loading. You must use an additional command to debug the program. For example: target remote @var{dev} using @value{GDBN} standard remote protocol. @end table @node ST2000 @subsection Tandem ST2000 @value{GDBN} may be used with a Tandem ST2000 phone switch, running Tandem's STDBUG protocol. To connect your ST2000 to the host system, see the manufacturer's manual. Once the ST2000 is physically attached, you can run: @smallexample target st2000 @var{dev} @var{speed} @end smallexample @noindent to establish it as your debugging environment. @var{dev} is normally the name of a serial device, such as @file{/dev/ttya}, connected to the ST2000 via a serial line. You can instead specify @var{dev} as a TCP connection (for example, to a serial line attached via a terminal concentrator) using the syntax @code{@var{hostname}:@var{portnumber}}. The @code{load} and @code{attach} commands are @emph{not} defined for this target; you must load your program into the ST2000 as you normally would for standalone operation. @value{GDBN} reads debugging information (such as symbols) from a separate, debugging version of the program available on your host computer. @c FIXME!! This is terribly vague; what little content is here is @c basically hearsay. @cindex ST2000 auxiliary commands These auxiliary @value{GDBN} commands are available to help you with the ST2000 environment: @table @code @item st2000 @var{command} @kindex st2000 @var{cmd} @cindex STDBUG commands (ST2000) @cindex commands to STDBUG (ST2000) Send a @var{command} to the STDBUG monitor. See the manufacturer's manual for available commands. @item connect @cindex connect (to STDBUG) Connect the controlling terminal to the STDBUG command monitor. When you are done interacting with STDBUG, typing either of two character sequences gets you back to the @value{GDBN} command prompt: @kbd{@key{RET}~.} (Return, followed by tilde and period) or @kbd{@key{RET}~@key{C-d}} (Return, followed by tilde and control-D). @end table @node Z8000 @subsection Zilog Z8000 @cindex Z8000 @cindex simulator, Z8000 @cindex Zilog Z8000 simulator When configured for debugging Zilog Z8000 targets, @value{GDBN} includes a Z8000 simulator. For the Z8000 family, @samp{target sim} simulates either the Z8002 (the unsegmented variant of the Z8000 architecture) or the Z8001 (the segmented variant). The simulator recognizes which architecture is appropriate by inspecting the object code. @table @code @item target sim @var{args} @kindex sim @kindex target sim@r{, with Z8000} Debug programs on a simulated CPU. If the simulator supports setup options, specify them via @var{args}. @end table @noindent After specifying this target, you can debug programs for the simulated CPU in the same style as programs for your host computer; use the @code{file} command to load a new program image, the @code{run} command to run your program, and so on. As well as making available all the usual machine registers (@pxref{Registers, ,Registers}), the Z8000 simulator provides three additional items of information as specially named registers: @table @code @item cycles Counts clock-ticks in the simulator. @item insts Counts instructions run in the simulator. @item time Execution time in 60ths of a second. @end table You can refer to these values in @value{GDBN} expressions with the usual conventions; for example, @w{@samp{b fputc if $cycles>5000}} sets a conditional breakpoint that suspends only after at least 5000 simulated clock ticks. @node Architectures @section Architectures This section describes characteristics of architectures that affect all uses of @value{GDBN} with the architecture, both native and cross. @menu * A29K:: * Alpha:: * MIPS:: @end menu @node A29K @subsection A29K @table @code @kindex set rstack_high_address @cindex AMD 29K register stack @cindex register stack, AMD29K @item set rstack_high_address @var{address} On AMD 29000 family processors, registers are saved in a separate @dfn{register stack}. There is no way for @value{GDBN} to determine the extent of this stack. Normally, @value{GDBN} just assumes that the stack is ``large enough''. This may result in @value{GDBN} referencing memory locations that do not exist. If necessary, you can get around this problem by specifying the ending address of the register stack with the @code{set rstack_high_address} command. The argument should be an address, which you probably want to precede with @samp{0x} to specify in hexadecimal. @kindex show rstack_high_address @item show rstack_high_address Display the current limit of the register stack, on AMD 29000 family processors. @end table @node Alpha @subsection Alpha See the following section. @node MIPS @subsection MIPS @cindex stack on Alpha @cindex stack on MIPS @cindex Alpha stack @cindex MIPS stack Alpha- and MIPS-based computers use an unusual stack frame, which sometimes requires @value{GDBN} to search backward in the object code to find the beginning of a function. @cindex response time, MIPS debugging To improve response time (especially for embedded applications, where @value{GDBN} may be restricted to a slow serial line for this search) you may want to limit the size of this search, using one of these commands: @table @code @cindex @code{heuristic-fence-post} (Alpha, MIPS) @item set heuristic-fence-post @var{limit} Restrict @value{GDBN} to examining at most @var{limit} bytes in its search for the beginning of a function. A value of @var{0} (the default) means there is no limit. However, except for @var{0}, the larger the limit the more bytes @code{heuristic-fence-post} must search and therefore the longer it takes to run. @item show heuristic-fence-post Display the current limit. @end table @noindent These commands are available @emph{only} when @value{GDBN} is configured for debugging programs on Alpha or MIPS processors. @node Controlling GDB @chapter Controlling @value{GDBN} You can alter the way @value{GDBN} interacts with you by using the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how @value{GDBN} displays data, see @ref{Print Settings, ,Print settings}. Other settings are described here. @menu * Prompt:: Prompt * Editing:: Command editing * History:: Command history * Screen Size:: Screen size * Numbers:: Numbers * Messages/Warnings:: Optional warnings and messages * Debugging Output:: Optional messages about internal happenings @end menu @node Prompt @section Prompt @cindex prompt @value{GDBN} indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(@value{GDBP})}. You can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For instance, when debugging @value{GDBN} with @value{GDBN}, it is useful to change the prompt in one of the @value{GDBN} sessions so that you can always tell which one you are talking to. @emph{Note:} @code{set prompt} does not add a space for you after the prompt you set. This allows you to set a prompt which ends in a space or a prompt that does not. @table @code @kindex set prompt @item set prompt @var{newprompt} Directs @value{GDBN} to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth. @kindex show prompt @item show prompt Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}} @end table @node Editing @section Command editing @cindex readline @cindex command line editing @value{GDBN} reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This @sc{gnu} library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a command line interface to the user. Advantages are @sc{gnu} Emacs-style or @dfn{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across debugging sessions. You may control the behavior of command line editing in @value{GDBN} with the command @code{set}. @table @code @kindex set editing @cindex editing @item set editing @itemx set editing on Enable command line editing (enabled by default). @item set editing off Disable command line editing. @kindex show editing @item show editing Show whether command line editing is enabled. @end table @node History @section Command history @value{GDBN} can keep track of the commands you type during your debugging sessions, so that you can be certain of precisely what happened. Use these commands to manage the @value{GDBN} command history facility. @table @code @cindex history substitution @cindex history file @kindex set history filename @kindex GDBHISTFILE @item set history filename @var{fname} Set the name of the @value{GDBN} command history file to @var{fname}. This is the file where @value{GDBN} reads an initial command history list, and where it writes the command history from this session when it exits. You can access this list through history expansion or through the history command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to @file{./.gdb_history} (@file{./_gdb_history} on MS-DOS) if this variable is not set. @cindex history save @kindex set history save @item set history save @itemx set history save on Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the @code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled. @item set history save off Stop recording command history in a file. @cindex history size @kindex set history size @item set history size @var{size} Set the number of commands which @value{GDBN} keeps in its history list. This defaults to the value of the environment variable @code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set. @end table @cindex history expansion History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}. @ifset have-readline-appendices @xref{Event Designators}. @end ifset Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the @code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline history facilities do not attempt substitution on the strings @kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled. The commands to control history expansion are: @table @code @kindex set history expansion @item set history expansion on @itemx set history expansion Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default. @item set history expansion off Disable history expansion. The readline code comes with more complete documentation of editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @sc{gnu} Emacs or @code{vi} may wish to read it. @ifset have-readline-appendices @xref{Command Line Editing}. @end ifset @c @group @kindex show history @item show history @itemx show history filename @itemx show history save @itemx show history size @itemx show history expansion These commands display the state of the @value{GDBN} history parameters. @code{show history} by itself displays all four states. @c @end group @end table @table @code @kindex shows @item show commands Display the last ten commands in the command history. @item show commands @var{n} Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}. @item show commands + Print ten commands just after the commands last printed. @end table @node Screen Size @section Screen size @cindex size of screen @cindex pauses in output Certain commands to @value{GDBN} may produce large amounts of information output to the screen. To help you read all of it, @value{GDBN} pauses and asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET} when you want to continue the output, or @kbd{q} to discard the remaining output. Also, the screen width setting determines when to wrap lines of output. Depending on what is being printed, @value{GDBN} tries to break the line at a readable place, rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line. Normally @value{GDBN} knows the size of the screen from the terminal driver software. For example, on Unix @value{GDBN} uses the termcap data base together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the @code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct, you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set width} commands: @table @code @kindex set height @kindex set width @kindex show width @kindex show height @item set height @var{lpp} @itemx show height @itemx set width @var{cpl} @itemx show width These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show} commands display the current settings. If you specify a height of zero lines, @value{GDBN} does not pause during output no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file or to an editor buffer. Likewise, you can specify @samp{set width 0} to prevent @value{GDBN} from wrapping its output. @end table @node Numbers @section Numbers @cindex number representation @cindex entering numbers You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in @value{GDBN} by the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}. Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base 10; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for both input and output with the @code{set radix} command. @table @code @kindex set input-radix @item set input-radix @var{base} Set the default base for numeric input. Supported choices for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16. @var{base} must itself be specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for example, any of @smallexample set radix 012 set radix 10. set radix 0xa @end smallexample @noindent sets the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10} leaves the radix unchanged no matter what it was. @kindex set output-radix @item set output-radix @var{base} Set the default base for numeric display. Supported choices for @var{base} are decimal 8, 10, or 16. @var{base} must itself be specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix. @kindex show input-radix @item show input-radix Display the current default base for numeric input. @kindex show output-radix @item show output-radix Display the current default base for numeric display. @end table @node Messages/Warnings @section Optional warnings and messages By default, @value{GDBN} is silent about its inner workings. If you are running on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command. This makes @value{GDBN} tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so you will not think it has crashed. Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read; see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to specify files}. @table @code @kindex set verbose @item set verbose on Enables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages. @item set verbose off Disables @value{GDBN} output of certain informational messages. @kindex show verbose @item show verbose Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off. @end table By default, if @value{GDBN} encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors reading symbol files}). @table @code @kindex set complaints @item set complaints @var{limit} Permits @value{GDBN} to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent complaints from being suppressed. @kindex show complaints @item show complaints Displays how many symbol complaints @value{GDBN} is permitted to produce. @end table By default, @value{GDBN} is cautious, and asks what sometimes seems to be a lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if you try to run a program which is already running: @smallexample (@value{GDBP}) run The program being debugged has been started already. Start it from the beginning? (y or n) @end smallexample If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own commands, you can disable this ``feature'': @table @code @kindex set confirm @cindex flinching @cindex confirmation @cindex stupid questions @item set confirm off Disables confirmation requests. @item set confirm on Enables confirmation requests (the default). @kindex show confirm @item show confirm Displays state of confirmation requests. @end table @node Debugging Output @section Optional messages about internal happenings @table @code @kindex set debug arch @item set debug arch Turns on or off display of gdbarch debugging info. The default is off @kindex show debug arch @item show debug arch Displays the current state of displaying gdbarch debugging info. @kindex set debug event @item set debug event Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} event debugging info. The default is off. @kindex show debug event @item show debug event Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} event debugging info. @kindex set debug expression @item set debug expression Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} expression debugging info. The default is off. @kindex show debug expression @item show debug expression Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} expression debugging info. @kindex set debug overload @item set debug overload Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} C@t{++} overload debugging info. This includes info such as ranking of functions, etc. The default is off. @kindex show debug overload @item show debug overload Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} C@t{++} overload debugging info. @kindex set debug remote @cindex packets, reporting on stdout @cindex serial connections, debugging @item set debug remote Turns on or off display of reports on all packets sent back and forth across the serial line to the remote machine. The info is printed on the @value{GDBN} standard output stream. The default is off. @kindex show debug remote @item show debug remote Displays the state of display of remote packets. @kindex set debug serial @item set debug serial Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} serial debugging info. The default is off. @kindex show debug serial @item show debug serial Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} serial debugging info. @kindex set debug target @item set debug target Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} target debugging info. This info includes what is going on at the target level of GDB, as it happens. The default is off. @kindex show debug target @item show debug target Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} target debugging info. @kindex set debug varobj @item set debug varobj Turns on or off display of @value{GDBN} variable object debugging info. The default is off. @kindex show debug varobj @item show debug varobj Displays the current state of displaying @value{GDBN} variable object debugging info. @end table @node Sequences @chapter Canned Sequences of Commands Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint command lists}), @value{GDBN} provides two ways to store sequences of commands for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files. @menu * Define:: User-defined commands * Hooks:: User-defined command hooks * Command Files:: Command files * Output:: Commands for controlled output @end menu @node Define @section User-defined commands @cindex user-defined command A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of @value{GDBN} commands to which you assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define} command. User commands may accept up to 10 arguments separated by whitespace. Arguments are accessed within the user command via @var{$arg0@dots{}$arg9}. A trivial example: @smallexample define adder print $arg0 + $arg1 + $arg2 @end smallexample @noindent To execute the command use: @smallexample adder 1 2 3 @end smallexample @noindent This defines the command @code{adder}, which prints the sum of its three arguments. Note the arguments are text substitutions, so they may reference variables, use complex expressions, or even perform inferior functions calls. @table @code @kindex define @item define @var{commandname} Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it. The definition of the command is made up of other @value{GDBN} command lines, which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}. @kindex if @kindex else @item if Takes a single argument, which is an expression to evaluate. It is followed by a series of commands that are executed only if the expression is true (nonzero). There can then optionally be a line @code{else}, followed by a series of commands that are only executed if the expression was false. The end of the list is marked by a line containing @code{end}. @kindex while @item while The syntax is similar to @code{if}: the command takes a single argument, which is an expression to evaluate, and must be followed by the commands to execute, one per line, terminated by an @code{end}. The commands are executed repeatedly as long as the expression evaluates to true. @kindex document @item document @var{commandname} Document the user-defined command @var{commandname}, so that it can be accessed by @code{help}. The command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document} command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} displays the documentation you have written. You may use the @code{document} command again to change the documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define} does not change the documentation. @kindex help user-defined @item help user-defined List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation (if any) for each. @kindex show user @item show user @itemx show user @var{commandname} Display the @value{GDBN} commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the definitions for all user-defined commands. @kindex show max-user-call-depth @kindex set max-user-call-depth @item show max-user-call-depth @itemx set max-user-call-depth The value of @code{max-user-call-depth} controls how many recursion levels are allowed in user-defined commands before GDB suspects an infinite recursion and aborts the command. @end table When user-defined commands are executed, the commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command stops execution of the user-defined command. If used interactively, commands that would ask for confirmation proceed without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many @value{GDBN} commands that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages when used in a user-defined command. @node Hooks @section User-defined command hooks @cindex command hooks @cindex hooks, for commands @cindex hooks, pre-command @kindex hook @kindex hook- You may define @dfn{hooks}, which are a special kind of user-defined command. Whenever you run the command @samp{foo}, if the user-defined command @samp{hook-foo} exists, it is executed (with no arguments) before that command. @cindex hooks, post-command @kindex hookpost @kindex hookpost- A hook may also be defined which is run after the command you executed. Whenever you run the command @samp{foo}, if the user-defined command @samp{hookpost-foo} exists, it is executed (with no arguments) after that command. Post-execution hooks may exist simultaneously with pre-execution hooks, for the same command. It is valid for a hook to call the command which it hooks. If this occurs, the hook is not re-executed, thereby avoiding infinte recursion. @c It would be nice if hookpost could be passed a parameter indicating @c if the command it hooks executed properly or not. FIXME! @kindex stop@r{, a pseudo-command} In addition, a pseudo-command, @samp{stop} exists. Defining (@samp{hook-stop}) makes the associated commands execute every time execution stops in your program: before breakpoint commands are run, displays are printed, or the stack frame is printed. For example, to ignore @code{SIGALRM} signals while single-stepping, but treat them normally during normal execution, you could define: @smallexample define hook-stop handle SIGALRM nopass end define hook-run handle SIGALRM pass end define hook-continue handle SIGLARM pass end @end smallexample As a further example, to hook at the begining and end of the @code{echo} command, and to add extra text to the beginning and end of the message, you could define: @smallexample define hook-echo echo <<<--- end define hookpost-echo echo --->>>\n end (@value{GDBP}) echo Hello World <<<---Hello World--->>> (@value{GDBP}) @end smallexample You can define a hook for any single-word command in @value{GDBN}, but not for command aliases; you should define a hook for the basic command name, e.g. @code{backtrace} rather than @code{bt}. @c FIXME! So how does Joe User discover whether a command is an alias @c or not? If an error occurs during the execution of your hook, execution of @value{GDBN} commands stops and @value{GDBN} issues a prompt (before the command that you actually typed had a chance to run). If you try to define a hook which does not match any known command, you get a warning from the @code{define} command. @node Command Files @section Command files @cindex command files A command file for @value{GDBN} is a file of lines that are @value{GDBN} commands. Comments (lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as it would from the terminal. @cindex init file @cindex @file{.gdbinit} @cindex @file{gdb.ini} When you start @value{GDBN}, it automatically executes commands from its @dfn{init files}, normally called @file{.gdbinit}@footnote{The DJGPP port of @value{GDBN} uses the name @file{gdb.ini} instead, due to the limitations of file names imposed by DOS filesystems.}. During startup, @value{GDBN} does the following: @enumerate @item Reads the init file (if any) in your home directory@footnote{On DOS/Windows systems, the home directory is the one pointed to by the @code{HOME} environment variable.}. @item Processes command line options and operands. @item Reads the init file (if any) in the current working directory. @item Reads command files specified by the @samp{-x} option. @end enumerate The init file in your home directory can set options (such as @samp{set complaints}) that affect subsequent processing of command line options and operands. Init files are not executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option (@pxref{Mode Options, ,Choosing modes}). @cindex init file name On some configurations of @value{GDBN}, the init file is known by a different name (these are typically environments where a specialized form of @value{GDBN} may need to coexist with other forms, hence a different name for the specialized version's init file). These are the environments with special init file names: @cindex @file{.vxgdbinit} @itemize @bullet @item VxWorks (Wind River Systems real-time OS): @file{.vxgdbinit} @cindex @file{.os68gdbinit} @item OS68K (Enea Data Systems real-time OS): @file{.os68gdbinit} @cindex @file{.esgdbinit} @item ES-1800 (Ericsson Telecom AB M68000 emulator): @file{.esgdbinit} @end itemize You can also request the execution of a command file with the @code{source} command: @table @code @kindex source @item source @var{filename} Execute the command file @var{filename}. @end table The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution of the command file and control is returned to the console. Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed without asking when used in a command file. Many @value{GDBN} commands that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages when called from command files. @value{GDBN} also accepts command input from standard input. In this mode, normal output goes to standard output and error output goes to standard error. Errors in a command file supplied on standard input do not terminate execution of the command file --- execution continues with the next command. @smallexample gdb < cmds > log 2>&1 @end smallexample (The syntax above will vary depending on the shell used.) This example will execute commands from the file @file{cmds}. All output and errors would be directed to @file{log}. @node Output @section Commands for controlled output During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal @value{GDBN} output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you want. @table @code @kindex echo @item echo @var{text} @c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence @c because it is not in ANSI. Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in @var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a newline. @strong{No newline is printed unless you specify one.} In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed by a space stands for a space. This is useful for displaying a string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments. To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command @samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}. A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue the command onto subsequent lines. For example, @smallexample echo This is some text\n\ which is continued\n\ onto several lines.\n @end smallexample produces the same output as @smallexample echo This is some text\n echo which is continued\n echo onto several lines.\n @end smallexample @kindex output @item output @var{expression} Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. @item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression} Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use the same formats as for @code{print}. @xref{Output Formats,,Output formats}, for more information. @kindex printf @item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{} Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of @var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified by @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute the C subroutine @c FIXME: the above implies that at least all ANSI C formats are @c supported, but it isn't true: %E and %G don't work (or so it seems). @c Either this is a bug, or the manual should document what formats are @c supported. @smallexample printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}); @end smallexample For example, you can print two values in hex like this: @smallexample printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo @end smallexample The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a letter. @end table @node TUI @chapter @value{GDBN} Text User Interface @cindex TUI @menu * TUI Overview:: TUI overview * TUI Keys:: TUI key bindings * TUI Single Key Mode:: TUI single key mode * TUI Commands:: TUI specific commands * TUI Configuration:: TUI configuration variables @end menu The @value{GDBN} Text User Interface, TUI in short, is a terminal interface which uses the @code{curses} library to show the source file, the assembly output, the program registers and @value{GDBN} commands in separate text windows. The TUI is available only when @value{GDBN} is configured with the @code{--enable-tui} configure option (@pxref{Configure Options}). @node TUI Overview @section TUI overview The TUI has two display modes that can be switched while @value{GDBN} runs: @itemize @bullet @item A curses (or TUI) mode in which it displays several text windows on the terminal. @item A standard mode which corresponds to the @value{GDBN} configured without the TUI. @end itemize In the TUI mode, @value{GDBN} can display several text window on the terminal: @table @emph @item command This window is the @value{GDBN} command window with the @value{GDBN} prompt and the @value{GDBN} outputs. The @value{GDBN} input is still managed using readline but through the TUI. The @emph{command} window is always visible. @item source The source window shows the source file of the program. The current line as well as active breakpoints are displayed in this window. @item assembly The assembly window shows the disassembly output of the program. @item register This window shows the processor registers. It detects when a register is changed and when this is the case, registers that have changed are highlighted. @end table The source and assembly windows show the current program position by highlighting the current line and marking them with the @samp{>} marker. Breakpoints are also indicated with two markers. A first one indicates the breakpoint type: @table @code @item B Breakpoint which was hit at least once. @item b Breakpoint which was never hit. @item H Hardware breakpoint which was hit at least once. @item h Hardware breakpoint which was never hit. @end table The second marker indicates whether the breakpoint is enabled or not: @table @code @item + Breakpoint is enabled. @item - Breakpoint is disabled. @end table The source, assembly and register windows are attached to the thread and the frame position. They are updated when the current thread changes, when the frame changes or when the program counter changes. These three windows are arranged by the TUI according to several layouts. The layout defines which of these three windows are visible. The following layouts are available: @itemize @bullet @item source @item assembly @item source and assembly @item source and registers @item assembly and registers @end itemize On top of the command window a status line gives various information concerning the current process begin debugged. The status line is updated when the information it shows changes. The following fields are displayed: @table @emph @item target Indicates the current gdb target (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}). @item process Gives information about the current process or thread number. When no process is being debugged, this field is set to @code{No process}. @item function Gives the current function name for the selected frame. The name is demangled if demangling is turned on (@pxref{Print Settings}). When there is no symbol corresponding to the current program counter the string @code{??} is displayed. @item line Indicates the current line number for the selected frame. When the current line number is not known the string @code{??} is displayed. @item pc Indicates the current program counter address. @end table @node TUI Keys @section TUI Key Bindings @cindex TUI key bindings The TUI installs several key bindings in the readline keymaps (@pxref{Command Line Editing}). They allow to leave or enter in the TUI mode or they operate directly on the TUI layout and windows. The TUI also provides a @emph{SingleKey} keymap which binds several keys directly to @value{GDBN} commands. The following key bindings are installed for both TUI mode and the @value{GDBN} standard mode. @table @kbd @kindex C-x C-a @item C-x C-a @kindex C-x a @itemx C-x a @kindex C-x A @itemx C-x A Enter or leave the TUI mode. When the TUI mode is left, the curses window management is left and @value{GDBN} operates using its standard mode writing on the terminal directly. When the TUI mode is entered, the control is given back to the curses windows. The screen is then refreshed. @kindex C-x 1 @item C-x 1 Use a TUI layout with only one window. The layout will either be @samp{source} or @samp{assembly}. When the TUI mode is not active, it will switch to the TUI mode. Think of this key binding as the Emacs @kbd{C-x 1} binding. @kindex C-x 2 @item C-x 2 Use a TUI layout with at least two windows. When the current layout shows already two windows, a next layout with two windows is used. When a new layout is chosen, one window will always be common to the previous layout and the new one. Think of it as the Emacs @kbd{C-x 2} binding. @kindex C-x s @item C-x s Use the TUI @emph{SingleKey} keymap that binds single key to gdb commands (@pxref{TUI Single Key Mode}). @end table The following key bindings are handled only by the TUI mode: @table @key @kindex PgUp @item PgUp Scroll the active window one page up. @kindex PgDn @item PgDn Scroll the active window one page down. @kindex Up @item Up Scroll the active window one line up. @kindex Down @item Down Scroll the active window one line down. @kindex Left @item Left Scroll the active window one column left. @kindex Right @item Right Scroll the active window one column right. @kindex C-L @item C-L Refresh the screen. @end table In the TUI mode, the arrow keys are used by the active window for scrolling. This means they are not available for readline. It is necessary to use other readline key bindings such as @key{C-p}, @key{C-n}, @key{C-b} and @key{C-f}. @node TUI Single Key Mode @section TUI Single Key Mode @cindex TUI single key mode The TUI provides a @emph{SingleKey} mode in which it installs a particular key binding in the readline keymaps to connect single keys to some gdb commands. @table @kbd @kindex c @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item c continue @kindex d @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item d down @kindex f @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item f finish @kindex n @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item n next @kindex q @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item q exit the @emph{SingleKey} mode. @kindex r @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item r run @kindex s @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item s step @kindex u @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item u up @kindex v @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item v info locals @kindex w @r{(SingleKey TUI key)} @item w where @end table Other keys temporarily switch to the @value{GDBN} command prompt. The key that was pressed is inserted in the editing buffer so that it is possible to type most @value{GDBN} commands without interaction with the TUI @emph{SingleKey} mode. Once the command is entered the TUI @emph{SingleKey} mode is restored. The only way to permanently leave this mode is by hitting @key{q} or @samp{@key{C-x} @key{s}}. @node TUI Commands @section TUI specific commands @cindex TUI commands The TUI has specific commands to control the text windows. These commands are always available, that is they do not depend on the current terminal mode in which @value{GDBN} runs. When @value{GDBN} is in the standard mode, using these commands will automatically switch in the TUI mode. @table @code @item info win @kindex info win List and give the size of all displayed windows. @item layout next @kindex layout next Display the next layout. @item layout prev @kindex layout prev Display the previous layout. @item layout src @kindex layout src Display the source window only. @item layout asm @kindex layout asm Display the assembly window only. @item layout split @kindex layout split Display the source and assembly window. @item layout regs @kindex layout regs Display the register window together with the source or assembly window. @item focus next | prev | src | asm | regs | split @kindex focus Set the focus to the named window. This command allows to change the active window so that scrolling keys can be affected to another window. @item refresh @kindex refresh Refresh the screen. This is similar to using @key{C-L} key. @item update @kindex update Update the source window and the current execution point. @item winheight @var{name} +@var{count} @itemx winheight @var{name} -@var{count} @kindex winheight Change the height of the window @var{name} by @var{count} lines. Positive counts increase the height, while negative counts decrease it. @end table @node TUI Configuration @section TUI configuration variables @cindex TUI configuration variables The TUI has several configuration variables that control the appearance of windows on the terminal. @table @code @item set tui border-kind @var{kind} @kindex set tui border-kind Select the border appearance for the source, assembly and register windows. The possible values are the following: @table @code @item space Use a space character to draw the border. @item ascii Use ascii characters + - and | to draw the border. @item acs Use the Alternate Character Set to draw the border. The border is drawn using character line graphics if the terminal supports them. @end table @item set tui active-border-mode @var{mode} @kindex set tui active-border-mode Select the attributes to display the border of the active window. The possible values are @code{normal}, @code{standout}, @code{reverse}, @code{half}, @code{half-standout}, @code{bold} and @code{bold-standout}. @item set tui border-mode @var{mode} @kindex set tui border-mode Select the attributes to display the border of other windows. The @var{mode} can be one of the following: @table @code @item normal Use normal attributes to display the border. @item standout Use standout mode. @item reverse Use reverse video mode. @item half Use half bright mode. @item half-standout Use half bright and standout mode. @item bold Use extra bright or bold mode. @item bold-standout Use extra bright or bold and standout mode. @end table @end table @node Emacs @chapter Using @value{GDBN} under @sc{gnu} Emacs @cindex Emacs @cindex @sc{gnu} Emacs A special interface allows you to use @sc{gnu} Emacs to view (and edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with @value{GDBN}. To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts @value{GDBN} as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly created Emacs buffer. @c (Do not use the @code{-tui} option to run @value{GDBN} from Emacs.) Using @value{GDBN} under Emacs is just like using @value{GDBN} normally except for two things: @itemize @bullet @item All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer. @end itemize This applies both to @value{GDBN} commands and their output, and to the input and output done by the program you are debugging. This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output in this way. All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a stop. @itemize @bullet @item @value{GDBN} displays source code through Emacs. @end itemize Each time @value{GDBN} displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the source file for that frame and puts an arrow (@samp{=>}) at the left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for source display, and splits the screen to show both your @value{GDBN} session and the source. Explicit @value{GDBN} @code{list} or search commands still produce output as usual, but you probably have no reason to use them from Emacs. @quotation @emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer does not appear to show your source. @value{GDBN} can find programs by searching your environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the @value{GDBN} input and output session proceeds normally; but Emacs does not get enough information back from @value{GDBN} to locate the source files in this situation. To avoid this problem, either start @value{GDBN} mode from the directory where your program resides, or specify an absolute file name when prompted for the @kbd{M-x gdb} argument. A similar confusion can result if you use the @value{GDBN} @code{file} command to switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing @value{GDBN} buffer in Emacs. @end quotation By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If you need to call @value{GDBN} by a different name (for example, if you keep several configurations around, with different names) you can set the Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example, @smallexample (setq gdb-command-name "mygdb") @end smallexample @noindent (preceded by @kbd{M-:} or @kbd{ESC :}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or in your @file{.emacs} file) makes Emacs call the program named ``@code{mygdb}'' instead. In the @value{GDBN} I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in addition to the standard Shell mode commands: @table @kbd @item C-h m Describe the features of Emacs' @value{GDBN} Mode. @item M-s Execute to another source line, like the @value{GDBN} @code{step} command; also update the display window to show the current file and location. @item M-n Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function calls, like the @value{GDBN} @code{next} command. Then update the display window to show the current file and location. @item M-i Execute one instruction, like the @value{GDBN} @code{stepi} command; update display window accordingly. @item M-x gdb-nexti Execute to next instruction, using the @value{GDBN} @code{nexti} command; update display window accordingly. @item C-c C-f Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the @value{GDBN} @code{finish} command. @item M-c Continue execution of your program, like the @value{GDBN} @code{continue} command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}. @item M-u Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument (@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, Emacs, The @sc{gnu} Emacs Manual}), like the @value{GDBN} @code{up} command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}. @item M-d Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the @value{GDBN} @code{down} command. @emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}. @item C-x & Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end of the @value{GDBN} I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble}; then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}. You can customize this further by defining elements of the list @code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} indicates that you wish special formatting, and also acts as an index to pick an element of the list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element. @end table In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break}) tells @value{GDBN} to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on. If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get it back is to type the command @code{f} in the @value{GDBN} buffer, to request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this recreates the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current frame. The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that @value{GDBN} communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or delete lines from the text, the line numbers that @value{GDBN} knows cease to correspond properly with the code. @c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate @c if/when v19 does something similar. ---doc@cygnus.com 19dec1990 @ignore @kindex Emacs Epoch environment @kindex Epoch @kindex inspect Version 18 of @sc{gnu} Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch} environment. Users of this environment can use a new command, @code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that each value is printed in its own window. @end ignore @include annotate.texi @include gdbmi.texinfo @node GDB Bugs @chapter Reporting Bugs in @value{GDBN} @cindex bugs in @value{GDBN} @cindex reporting bugs in @value{GDBN} Your bug reports play an essential role in making @value{GDBN} reliable. Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the entire community by making the next version of @value{GDBN} work better. Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @value{GDBN}. In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the information that enables us to fix the bug. @menu * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug? * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs @end menu @node Bug Criteria @section Have you found a bug? @cindex bug criteria If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines: @itemize @bullet @cindex fatal signal @cindex debugger crash @cindex crash of debugger @item If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a @value{GDBN} bug. Reliable debuggers never crash. @cindex error on valid input @item If @value{GDBN} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug. (Note that if you're cross debugging, the problem may also be somewhere in the connection to the target.) @cindex invalid input @item If @value{GDBN} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''. @item If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions for improvement of @value{GDBN} are welcome in any case. @end itemize @node Bug Reporting @section How to report bugs @cindex bug reports @cindex @value{GDBN} bugs, reporting A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If you obtained @value{GDBN} from a support organization, we recommend you contact that organization first. You can find contact information for many support companies and individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs distribution. @c should add a web page ref... In any event, we also recommend that you submit bug reports for @value{GDBN}. The prefered method is to submit them directly using @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/, @value{GDBN}'s Bugs web page}. Alternatively, the @email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, e-mail gateway} can be used. @strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to @samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of @value{GDBN} do not want to receive bug reports. Those that do have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}. The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information, we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send bug reports to the mailing list. The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this: @strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a fact or leave it out, state it! Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful. Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug. It may be that the bug has been reported previously, but neither you nor we can know that unless your bug report is complete and self-contained. Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to @emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report bugs properly. To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things: @itemize @bullet @item The version of @value{GDBN}. @value{GDBN} announces it if you start with no arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}. Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for the bug in the current version of @value{GDBN}. @item The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and version number. @item What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @value{GDBN}---e.g. ``@value{GCC}--2.8.1''. @item What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you are debugging---e.g. ``@value{GCC}--2.8.1'', or ``HP92453-01 A.10.32.03 HP C Compiler''. For GCC, you can say @code{gcc --version} to get this information; for other compilers, see the documentation for those compilers. @item The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient. If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong and then we might not encounter the bug. @item A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will reproduce the bug. @item A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.'' Of course, if the bug is that @value{GDBN} gets a fatal signal, then we will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake. Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of @value{GDBN} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations. @item If you wish to suggest changes to the @value{GDBN} source, send us context diffs. If you even discuss something in the @value{GDBN} source, refer to it by context, not by line number. The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us. @end itemize Here are some things that are not necessary: @itemize @bullet @item A description of the envelope of the bug. Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which changes will not affect it. This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples. We recommend that you save your time for something else. Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead} of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take less time, and so on. However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this, report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used. @item A patch for the bug. A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all. Sometimes with a program as complicated as @value{GDBN} it is very hard to construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed. And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will help us to understand. @item A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on. Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such things without first using the debugger to find the facts. @end itemize @c The readline documentation is distributed with the readline code @c and consists of the two following files: @c rluser.texinfo @c inc-hist.texinfo @c Use -I with makeinfo to point to the appropriate directory, @c environment var TEXINPUTS with TeX. @include rluser.texinfo @include inc-hist.texinfo @node Formatting Documentation @appendix Formatting Documentation @cindex @value{GDBN} reference card @cindex reference card The @value{GDBN} 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready for printing with PostScript or Ghostscript, in the @file{gdb} subdirectory of the main source directory@footnote{In @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version @value{GDBVN} release.}. If you can use PostScript or Ghostscript with your printer, you can print the reference card immediately with @file{refcard.ps}. The release also includes the source for the reference card. You can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing: @smallexample make refcard.dvi @end smallexample The @value{GDBN} reference card is designed to print in @dfn{landscape} mode on US ``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to your @sc{dvi} output program. @cindex documentation All the documentation for @value{GDBN} comes as part of the machine-readable distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed manual. You can use one of the Info formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version. @value{GDBN} includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory. If necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor; but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in @sc{gnu} Emacs or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the @sc{gnu} Texinfo distribution. If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo}. If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level @value{GDBN} source directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, in the case of version @value{GDBVN}), you can make the Info file by typing: @smallexample cd gdb make gdb.info @end smallexample If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need @TeX{}, a program to print its @sc{dvi} output files, and @file{texinfo.tex}, the Texinfo definitions file. @TeX{} is a typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another (for PostScript devices) is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension. @TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called @file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot either read or typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo} directory. If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb} subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb}) and type: @smallexample make gdb.dvi @end smallexample Then give @file{gdb.dvi} to your @sc{dvi} printing program. @node Installing GDB @appendix Installing @value{GDBN} @cindex configuring @value{GDBN} @cindex installation @value{GDBN} comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process of preparing @value{GDBN} for installation; you can then use @code{make} to build the @code{gdb} program. @iftex @c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with. @footnote{If you have a more recent version of @value{GDBN} than @value{GDBVN}, look at the @file{README} file in the sources; we may have improved the installation procedures since publishing this manual.} @end iftex The @value{GDBN} distribution includes all the source code you need for @value{GDBN} in a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the version number to @samp{gdb}. For example, the @value{GDBN} version @value{GDBVN} distribution is in the @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory. That directory contains: @table @code @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure @r{(and supporting files)} script for configuring @value{GDBN} and all its supporting libraries @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/gdb the source specific to @value{GDBN} itself @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/bfd source for the Binary File Descriptor library @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/include @sc{gnu} include files @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/libiberty source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/opcodes source for the library of opcode tables and disassemblers @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/readline source for the @sc{gnu} command-line interface @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/glob source for the @sc{gnu} filename pattern-matching subroutine @item gdb-@value{GDBVN}/mmalloc source for the @sc{gnu} memory-mapped malloc package @end table The simplest way to configure and build @value{GDBN} is to run @code{configure} from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in this example is the @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} directory. First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the identifier for the platform on which @value{GDBN} will run as an argument. For example: @smallexample cd gdb-@value{GDBVN} ./configure @var{host} make @end smallexample @noindent where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or @samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where @value{GDBN} will run. (You can often leave off @var{host}; @code{configure} tries to guess the correct value by examining your system.) Running @samp{configure @var{host}} and then running @code{make} builds the @file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty} libraries, then @code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories. @need 750 @code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly: @smallexample sh configure @var{host} @end smallexample If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} source directory for version @value{GDBVN}, @code{configure} creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option). You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the subordinate directories in the @value{GDBN} distribution if you only want to configure that subdirectory, but be sure to specify a path to it. For example, with version @value{GDBVN}, type the following to configure only the @code{bfd} subdirectory: @smallexample @group cd gdb-@value{GDBVN}/bfd ../configure @var{host} @end group @end smallexample You can install @code{@value{GDBP}} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths. However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember that @value{GDBN} uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to let @value{GDBN} debug child processes whose programs are not readable. @menu * Separate Objdir:: Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory * Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets * Configure Options:: Summary of options for configure @end menu @node Separate Objdir @section Compiling @value{GDBN} in another directory If you want to run @value{GDBN} versions for several host or target machines, you need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory, rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (@sc{gnu} @code{make} does), running @code{make} in each of these directories builds the @code{gdb} program specified there. To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure} with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source. (You also need to specify a path to find @code{configure} itself from your working directory. If the path to @code{configure} would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out the @samp{--srcdir} option; it is assumed.) For example, with version @value{GDBVN}, you can build @value{GDBN} in a separate directory for a Sun 4 like this: @smallexample @group cd gdb-@value{GDBVN} mkdir ../gdb-sun4 cd ../gdb-sun4 ../gdb-@value{GDBVN}/configure sun4 make @end group @end smallexample When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure (and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and @value{GDBN} itself in @file{gdb-sun4/gdb}. One popular reason to build several @value{GDBN} configurations in separate directories is to configure @value{GDBN} for cross-compiling (where @value{GDBN} runs on one machine---the @dfn{host}---while debugging programs that run on another machine---the @dfn{target}). You specify a cross-debugging target by giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}. When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories). The @code{Makefile} that @code{configure} generates in each source directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source directory such as @file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}} (or in a separate configured directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{dirname}/gdb-@value{GDBVN}}), you will build all the required libraries, and then build GDB. When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example, if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere with each other. @node Config Names @section Specifying names for hosts and targets The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure} script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces of information in the following pattern: @smallexample @var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os} @end smallexample For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument, or as the value for @var{target} in a @code{--target=@var{target}} option. The equivalent full name is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}. The @code{configure} script accompanying @value{GDBN} does not provide any query facility to list all supported host and target names or aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script @code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on abbreviations---for example: @smallexample % sh config.sub i386-linux i386-pc-linux-gnu % sh config.sub alpha-linux alpha-unknown-linux-gnu % sh config.sub hp9k700 hppa1.1-hp-hpux % sh config.sub sun4 sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1 % sh config.sub sun3 m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1 % sh config.sub i986v Invalid configuration `i986v': machine `i986v' not recognized @end smallexample @noindent @code{config.sub} is also distributed in the @value{GDBN} source directory (@file{gdb-@value{GDBVN}}, for version @value{GDBVN}). @node Configure Options @section @code{configure} options Here is a summary of the @code{configure} options and arguments that are most often useful for building @value{GDBN}. @code{configure} also has several other options not listed here. @inforef{What Configure Does,,configure.info}, for a full explanation of @code{configure}. @smallexample configure @r{[}--help@r{]} @r{[}--prefix=@var{dir}@r{]} @r{[}--exec-prefix=@var{dir}@r{]} @r{[}--srcdir=@var{dirname}@r{]} @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]} @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host} @end smallexample @noindent You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than @samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use @samp{--}. @table @code @item --help Display a quick summary of how to invoke @code{configure}. @item --prefix=@var{dir} Configure the source to install programs and files under directory @file{@var{dir}}. @item --exec-prefix=@var{dir} Configure the source to install programs under directory @file{@var{dir}}. @c avoid splitting the warning from the explanation: @need 2000 @item --srcdir=@var{dirname} @strong{Warning: using this option requires @sc{gnu} @code{make}, or another @code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@* Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the @value{GDBN} source directories. Among other things, you can use this to build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the directory @var{dirname}. @code{configure} creates directories under the working directory in parallel to the source directories below @var{dirname}. @item --norecursion Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not propagate configuration to subdirectories. @item --target=@var{target} Configure @value{GDBN} for cross-debugging programs running on the specified @var{target}. Without this option, @value{GDBN} is configured to debug programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as @value{GDBN} itself. There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets. @item @var{host} @dots{} Configure @value{GDBN} to run on the specified @var{host}. There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts. @end table There are many other options available as well, but they are generally needed for special purposes only. @node Maintenance Commands @appendix Maintenance Commands @cindex maintenance commands @cindex internal commands In addition to commands intended for @value{GDBN} users, @value{GDBN} includes a number of commands intended for @value{GDBN} developers. These commands are provided here for reference. @table @code @kindex maint info breakpoints @item @anchor{maint info breakpoints}maint info breakpoints Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those @value{GDBN} is using for internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint is shown: @table @code @item breakpoint Normal, explicitly set breakpoint. @item watchpoint Normal, explicitly set watchpoint. @item longjmp Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through @code{longjmp} calls. @item longjmp resume Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}. @item until Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{until} command. @item finish Temporary internal breakpoint used by the @value{GDBN} @code{finish} command. @item shlib events Shared library events. @end table @kindex maint internal-error @kindex maint internal-warning @item maint internal-error @itemx maint internal-warning Cause @value{GDBN} to call the internal function @code{internal_error} or @code{internal_warning} and hence behave as though an internal error or internal warning has been detected. In addition to reporting the internal problem, these functions give the user the opportunity to either quit @value{GDBN} or create a core file of the current @value{GDBN} session. @smallexample (gdb) @kbd{maint internal-error testing, 1, 2} @dots{}/maint.c:121: internal-error: testing, 1, 2 A problem internal to GDB has been detected. Further debugging may prove unreliable. Quit this debugging session? (y or n) @kbd{n} Create a core file? (y or n) @kbd{n} (gdb) @end smallexample Takes an optional parameter that is used as the text of the error or warning message. @kindex maint print registers @kindex maint print raw-registers @kindex maint print cooked-registers @item maint print registers @itemx maint print raw-registers @itemx maint print cooked-registers Print @value{GDBN}'s internal register data structures. The command @samp{maint print raw-registers} includes the contents of the raw register cache; and the command @samp{maint print cooked-registers} includes the (cooked) value of all registers. @xref{Registers,, Registers, gdbint, @value{GDBN} Internals}. Takes an optional file parameter. @end table @node Remote Protocol @appendix @value{GDBN} Remote Serial Protocol @menu * Overview:: * Packets:: * Stop Reply Packets:: * General Query Packets:: * Register Packet Format:: * Examples:: @end menu @node Overview @section Overview There may be occasions when you need to know something about the protocol---for example, if there is only one serial port to your target machine, you might want your program to do something special if it recognizes a packet meant for @value{GDBN}. In the examples below, @samp{->} and @samp{<-} are used to indicate transmitted and received data respectfully. @cindex protocol, @value{GDBN} remote serial @cindex serial protocol, @value{GDBN} remote @cindex remote serial protocol All @value{GDBN} commands and responses (other than acknowledgments) are sent as a @var{packet}. A @var{packet} is introduced with the character @samp{$}, the actual @var{packet-data}, and the terminating character @samp{#} followed by a two-digit @var{checksum}: @smallexample @code{$}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum} @end smallexample @noindent @cindex checksum, for @value{GDBN} remote @noindent The two-digit @var{checksum} is computed as the modulo 256 sum of all characters between the leading @samp{$} and the trailing @samp{#} (an eight bit unsigned checksum). Implementors should note that prior to @value{GDBN} 5.0 the protocol specification also included an optional two-digit @var{sequence-id}: @smallexample @code{$}@var{sequence-id}@code{:}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum} @end smallexample @cindex sequence-id, for @value{GDBN} remote @noindent That @var{sequence-id} was appended to the acknowledgment. @value{GDBN} has never output @var{sequence-id}s. Stubs that handle packets added since @value{GDBN} 5.0 must not accept @var{sequence-id}. @cindex acknowledgment, for @value{GDBN} remote When either the host or the target machine receives a packet, the first response expected is an acknowledgment: either @samp{+} (to indicate the package was received correctly) or @samp{-} (to request retransmission): @smallexample -> @code{$}@var{packet-data}@code{#}@var{checksum} <- @code{+} @end smallexample @noindent The host (@value{GDBN}) sends @var{command}s, and the target (the debugging stub incorporated in your program) sends a @var{response}. In the case of step and continue @var{command}s, the response is only sent when the operation has completed (the target has again stopped). @var{packet-data} consists of a sequence of characters with the exception of @samp{#} and @samp{$} (see @samp{X} packet for additional exceptions). Fields within the packet should be separated using @samp{,} @samp{;} or @cindex remote protocol, field separator @samp{:}. Except where otherwise noted all numbers are represented in @sc{hex} with leading zeros suppressed. Implementors should note that prior to @value{GDBN} 5.0, the character @samp{:} could not appear as the third character in a packet (as it would potentially conflict with the @var{sequence-id}). Response @var{data} can be run-length encoded to save space. A @samp{*} means that the next character is an @sc{ascii} encoding giving a repeat count which stands for that many repetitions of the character preceding the @samp{*}. The encoding is @code{n+29}, yielding a printable character where @code{n >=3} (which is where rle starts to win). The printable characters @samp{$}, @samp{#}, @samp{+} and @samp{-} or with a numeric value greater than 126 should not be used. Some remote systems have used a different run-length encoding mechanism loosely refered to as the cisco encoding. Following the @samp{*} character are two hex digits that indicate the size of the packet. So: @smallexample "@code{0* }" @end smallexample @noindent means the same as "0000". The error response returned for some packets includes a two character error number. That number is not well defined. For any @var{command} not supported by the stub, an empty response (@samp{$#00}) should be returned. That way it is possible to extend the protocol. A newer @value{GDBN} can tell if a packet is supported based on that response. A stub is required to support the @samp{g}, @samp{G}, @samp{m}, @samp{M}, @samp{c}, and @samp{s} @var{command}s. All other @var{command}s are optional. @node Packets @section Packets The following table provides a complete list of all currently defined @var{command}s and their corresponding response @var{data}. @table @r @item @code{!} --- extended mode @cindex @code{!} packet Enable extended mode. In extended mode, the remote server is made persistent. The @samp{R} packet is used to restart the program being debugged. Reply: @table @samp @item OK The remote target both supports and has enabled extended mode. @end table @item @code{?} --- last signal @cindex @code{?} packet Indicate the reason the target halted. The reply is the same as for step and continue. Reply: @xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications. @item @code{a} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{A}@var{arglen}@code{,}@var{argnum}@code{,}@var{arg}@code{,@dots{}} --- set program arguments @strong{(reserved)} @cindex @code{A} packet Initialized @samp{argv[]} array passed into program. @var{arglen} specifies the number of bytes in the hex encoded byte stream @var{arg}. See @code{gdbserver} for more details. Reply: @table @samp @item OK @item E@var{NN} @end table @item @code{b}@var{baud} --- set baud @strong{(deprecated)} @cindex @code{b} packet Change the serial line speed to @var{baud}. JTC: @emph{When does the transport layer state change? When it's received, or after the ACK is transmitted. In either case, there are problems if the command or the acknowledgment packet is dropped.} Stan: @emph{If people really wanted to add something like this, and get it working for the first time, they ought to modify ser-unix.c to send some kind of out-of-band message to a specially-setup stub and have the switch happen "in between" packets, so that from remote protocol's point of view, nothing actually happened.} @item @code{B}@var{addr},@var{mode} --- set breakpoint @strong{(deprecated)} @cindex @code{B} packet Set (@var{mode} is @samp{S}) or clear (@var{mode} is @samp{C}) a breakpoint at @var{addr}. This packet has been replaced by the @samp{Z} and @samp{z} packets (@pxref{insert breakpoint or watchpoint packet}). @item @code{c}@var{addr} --- continue @cindex @code{c} packet @var{addr} is address to resume. If @var{addr} is omitted, resume at current address. Reply: @xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications. @item @code{C}@var{sig}@code{;}@var{addr} --- continue with signal @cindex @code{C} packet Continue with signal @var{sig} (hex signal number). If @code{;}@var{addr} is omitted, resume at same address. Reply: @xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications. @item @code{d} --- toggle debug @strong{(deprecated)} @cindex @code{d} packet Toggle debug flag. @item @code{D} --- detach @cindex @code{D} packet Detach @value{GDBN} from the remote system. Sent to the remote target before @value{GDBN} disconnects. Reply: @table @samp @item @emph{no response} @value{GDBN} does not check for any response after sending this packet. @end table @item @code{e} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{E} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{f} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{F} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{g} --- read registers @anchor{read registers packet} @cindex @code{g} packet Read general registers. Reply: @table @samp @item @var{XX@dots{}} Each byte of register data is described by two hex digits. The bytes with the register are transmitted in target byte order. The size of each register and their position within the @samp{g} @var{packet} are determined by the @value{GDBN} internal macros @var{REGISTER_RAW_SIZE} and @var{REGISTER_NAME} macros. The specification of several standard @code{g} packets is specified below. @item E@var{NN} for an error. @end table @item @code{G}@var{XX@dots{}} --- write regs @cindex @code{G} packet @xref{read registers packet}, for a description of the @var{XX@dots{}} data. Reply: @table @samp @item OK for success @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{h} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{H}@var{c}@var{t@dots{}} --- set thread @cindex @code{H} packet Set thread for subsequent operations (@samp{m}, @samp{M}, @samp{g}, @samp{G}, et.al.). @var{c} depends on the operation to be performed: it should be @samp{c} for step and continue operations, @samp{g} for other operations. The thread designator @var{t@dots{}} may be -1, meaning all the threads, a thread number, or zero which means pick any thread. Reply: @table @samp @item OK for success @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @c FIXME: JTC: @c 'H': How restrictive (or permissive) is the thread model. If a @c thread is selected and stopped, are other threads allowed @c to continue to execute? As I mentioned above, I think the @c semantics of each command when a thread is selected must be @c described. For example: @c @c 'g': If the stub supports threads and a specific thread is @c selected, returns the register block from that thread; @c otherwise returns current registers. @c @c 'G' If the stub supports threads and a specific thread is @c selected, sets the registers of the register block of @c that thread; otherwise sets current registers. @item @code{i}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{nnn} --- cycle step @strong{(draft)} @anchor{cycle step packet} @cindex @code{i} packet Step the remote target by a single clock cycle. If @code{,}@var{nnn} is present, cycle step @var{nnn} cycles. If @var{addr} is present, cycle step starting at that address. @item @code{I} --- signal then cycle step @strong{(reserved)} @cindex @code{I} packet @xref{step with signal packet}. @xref{cycle step packet}. @item @code{j} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{J} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{k} --- kill request @cindex @code{k} packet FIXME: @emph{There is no description of how to operate when a specific thread context has been selected (i.e.@: does 'k' kill only that thread?)}. @item @code{K} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{l} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{L} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{m}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- read memory @cindex @code{m} packet Read @var{length} bytes of memory starting at address @var{addr}. Neither @value{GDBN} nor the stub assume that sized memory transfers are assumed using word aligned accesses. FIXME: @emph{A word aligned memory transfer mechanism is needed.} Reply: @table @samp @item @var{XX@dots{}} @var{XX@dots{}} is mem contents. Can be fewer bytes than requested if able to read only part of the data. Neither @value{GDBN} nor the stub assume that sized memory transfers are assumed using word aligned accesses. FIXME: @emph{A word aligned memory transfer mechanism is needed.} @item E@var{NN} @var{NN} is errno @end table @item @code{M}@var{addr},@var{length}@code{:}@var{XX@dots{}} --- write mem @cindex @code{M} packet Write @var{length} bytes of memory starting at address @var{addr}. @var{XX@dots{}} is the data. Reply: @table @samp @item OK for success @item E@var{NN} for an error (this includes the case where only part of the data was written). @end table @item @code{n} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{N} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{o} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{O} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{p}@var{n@dots{}} --- read reg @strong{(reserved)} @cindex @code{p} packet @xref{write register packet}. Reply: @table @samp @item @var{r@dots{}.} The hex encoded value of the register in target byte order. @end table @item @code{P}@var{n@dots{}}@code{=}@var{r@dots{}} --- write register @anchor{write register packet} @cindex @code{P} packet Write register @var{n@dots{}} with value @var{r@dots{}}, which contains two hex digits for each byte in the register (target byte order). Reply: @table @samp @item OK for success @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{q}@var{query} --- general query @anchor{general query packet} @cindex @code{q} packet Request info about @var{query}. In general @value{GDBN} queries have a leading upper case letter. Custom vendor queries should use a company prefix (in lower case) ex: @samp{qfsf.var}. @var{query} may optionally be followed by a @samp{,} or @samp{;} separated list. Stubs must ensure that they match the full @var{query} name. Reply: @table @samp @item @var{XX@dots{}} Hex encoded data from query. The reply can not be empty. @item E@var{NN} error reply @item Indicating an unrecognized @var{query}. @end table @item @code{Q}@var{var}@code{=}@var{val} --- general set @cindex @code{Q} packet Set value of @var{var} to @var{val}. @xref{general query packet}, for a discussion of naming conventions. @item @code{r} --- reset @strong{(deprecated)} @cindex @code{r} packet Reset the entire system. @item @code{R}@var{XX} --- remote restart @cindex @code{R} packet Restart the program being debugged. @var{XX}, while needed, is ignored. This packet is only available in extended mode. Reply: @table @samp @item @emph{no reply} The @samp{R} packet has no reply. @end table @item @code{s}@var{addr} --- step @cindex @code{s} packet @var{addr} is address to resume. If @var{addr} is omitted, resume at same address. Reply: @xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications. @item @code{S}@var{sig}@code{;}@var{addr} --- step with signal @anchor{step with signal packet} @cindex @code{S} packet Like @samp{C} but step not continue. Reply: @xref{Stop Reply Packets}, for the reply specifications. @item @code{t}@var{addr}@code{:}@var{PP}@code{,}@var{MM} --- search @cindex @code{t} packet Search backwards starting at address @var{addr} for a match with pattern @var{PP} and mask @var{MM}. @var{PP} and @var{MM} are 4 bytes. @var{addr} must be at least 3 digits. @item @code{T}@var{XX} --- thread alive @cindex @code{T} packet Find out if the thread XX is alive. Reply: @table @samp @item OK thread is still alive @item E@var{NN} thread is dead @end table @item @code{u} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{U} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{v} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{V} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{w} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{W} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{x} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{X}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length}@var{:}@var{XX@dots{}} --- write mem (binary) @cindex @code{X} packet @var{addr} is address, @var{length} is number of bytes, @var{XX@dots{}} is binary data. The characters @code{$}, @code{#}, and @code{0x7d} are escaped using @code{0x7d}. Reply: @table @samp @item OK for success @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{y} --- reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{Y} reserved Reserved for future use. @item @code{z}@var{type}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove breakpoint or watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @itemx @code{Z}@var{type}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert breakpoint or watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @anchor{insert breakpoint or watchpoint packet} @cindex @code{z} packet @cindex @code{Z} packets Insert (@code{Z}) or remove (@code{z}) a @var{type} breakpoint or watchpoint starting at address @var{address} and covering the next @var{length} bytes. Each breakpoint and watchpoint packet @var{type} is documented separately. @emph{Implementation notes: A remote target shall return an empty string for an unrecognized breakpoint or watchpoint packet @var{type}. A remote target shall support either both or neither of a given @code{Z}@var{type}@dots{} and @code{z}@var{type}@dots{} packet pair. To avoid potential problems with duplicate packets, the operations should be implemented in an idempotent way.} @item @code{z}@code{0}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove memory breakpoint @strong{(draft)} @item @code{Z}@code{0}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert memory breakpoint @strong{(draft)} @cindex @code{z0} packet @cindex @code{Z0} packet Insert (@code{Z0}) or remove (@code{z0}) a memory breakpoint at address @code{addr} of size @code{length}. A memory breakpoint is implemented by replacing the instruction at @var{addr} with a software breakpoint or trap instruction. The @code{length} is used by targets that indicates the size of the breakpoint (in bytes) that should be inserted (e.g., the @sc{arm} and @sc{mips} can insert either a 2 or 4 byte breakpoint). @emph{Implementation note: It is possible for a target to copy or move code that contains memory breakpoints (e.g., when implementing overlays). The behavior of this packet, in the presence of such a target, is not defined.} Reply: @table @samp @item OK success @item not supported @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{z}@code{1}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove hardware breakpoint @strong{(draft)} @item @code{Z}@code{1}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert hardware breakpoint @strong{(draft)} @cindex @code{z1} packet @cindex @code{Z1} packet Insert (@code{Z1}) or remove (@code{z1}) a hardware breakpoint at address @code{addr} of size @code{length}. A hardware breakpoint is implemented using a mechanism that is not dependant on being able to modify the target's memory. @emph{Implementation note: A hardware breakpoint is not affected by code movement.} Reply: @table @samp @item OK success @item not supported @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{z}@code{2}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove write watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @item @code{Z}@code{2}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert write watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @cindex @code{z2} packet @cindex @code{Z2} packet Insert (@code{Z2}) or remove (@code{z2}) a write watchpoint. Reply: @table @samp @item OK success @item not supported @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{z}@code{3}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove read watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @item @code{Z}@code{3}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert read watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @cindex @code{z3} packet @cindex @code{Z3} packet Insert (@code{Z3}) or remove (@code{z3}) a read watchpoint. Reply: @table @samp @item OK success @item not supported @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @item @code{z}@code{4}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- remove access watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @item @code{Z}@code{4}@code{,}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- insert access watchpoint @strong{(draft)} @cindex @code{z4} packet @cindex @code{Z4} packet Insert (@code{Z4}) or remove (@code{z4}) an access watchpoint. Reply: @table @samp @item OK success @item not supported @item E@var{NN} for an error @end table @end table @node Stop Reply Packets @section Stop Reply Packets @cindex stop reply packets The @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S}, @samp{s} and @samp{?} packets can receive any of the below as a reply. In the case of the @samp{C}, @samp{c}, @samp{S} and @samp{s} packets, that reply is only returned when the target halts. In the below the exact meaning of @samp{signal number} is poorly defined. In general one of the UNIX signal numbering conventions is used. @table @samp @item S@var{AA} @var{AA} is the signal number @item @code{T}@var{AA}@var{n...}@code{:}@var{r...}@code{;}@var{n...}@code{:}@var{r...}@code{;}@var{n...}@code{:}@var{r...}@code{;} @cindex @code{T} packet reply @var{AA} = two hex digit signal number; @var{n...} = register number (hex), @var{r...} = target byte ordered register contents, size defined by @code{REGISTER_RAW_SIZE}; @var{n...} = @samp{thread}, @var{r...} = thread process ID, this is a hex integer; @var{n...} = (@samp{watch} | @samp{rwatch} | @samp{awatch}, @var{r...} = data address, this is a hex integer; @var{n...} = other string not starting with valid hex digit. @value{GDBN} should ignore this @var{n...}, @var{r...} pair and go on to the next. This way we can extend the protocol. @item W@var{AA} The process exited, and @var{AA} is the exit status. This is only applicable to certain targets. @item X@var{AA} The process terminated with signal @var{AA}. @item N@var{AA};@var{t@dots{}};@var{d@dots{}};@var{b@dots{}} @strong{(obsolete)} @var{AA} = signal number; @var{t@dots{}} = address of symbol @code{_start}; @var{d@dots{}} = base of data section; @var{b@dots{}} = base of bss section. @emph{Note: only used by Cisco Systems targets. The difference between this reply and the @samp{qOffsets} query is that the @samp{N} packet may arrive spontaneously whereas the @samp{qOffsets} is a query initiated by the host debugger.} @item O@var{XX@dots{}} @var{XX@dots{}} is hex encoding of @sc{ascii} data. This can happen at any time while the program is running and the debugger should continue to wait for @samp{W}, @samp{T}, etc. @end table @node General Query Packets @section General Query Packets The following set and query packets have already been defined. @table @r @item @code{q}@code{C} --- current thread Return the current thread id. Reply: @table @samp @item @code{QC}@var{pid} Where @var{pid} is a HEX encoded 16 bit process id. @item * Any other reply implies the old pid. @end table @item @code{q}@code{fThreadInfo} -- all thread ids @code{q}@code{sThreadInfo} Obtain a list of active thread ids from the target (OS). Since there may be too many active threads to fit into one reply packet, this query works iteratively: it may require more than one query/reply sequence to obtain the entire list of threads. The first query of the sequence will be the @code{qf}@code{ThreadInfo} query; subsequent queries in the sequence will be the @code{qs}@code{ThreadInfo} query. NOTE: replaces the @code{qL} query (see below). Reply: @table @samp @item @code{m}@var{id} A single thread id @item @code{m}@var{id},@var{id}@dots{} a comma-separated list of thread ids @item @code{l} (lower case 'el') denotes end of list. @end table In response to each query, the target will reply with a list of one or more thread ids, in big-endian hex, separated by commas. @value{GDBN} will respond to each reply with a request for more thread ids (using the @code{qs} form of the query), until the target responds with @code{l} (lower-case el, for @code{'last'}). @item @code{q}@code{ThreadExtraInfo}@code{,}@var{id} --- extra thread info Where @var{id} is a thread-id in big-endian hex. Obtain a printable string description of a thread's attributes from the target OS. This string may contain anything that the target OS thinks is interesting for @value{GDBN} to tell the user about the thread. The string is displayed in @value{GDBN}'s @samp{info threads} display. Some examples of possible thread extra info strings are ``Runnable'', or ``Blocked on Mutex''. Reply: @table @samp @item @var{XX@dots{}} Where @var{XX@dots{}} is a hex encoding of @sc{ascii} data, comprising the printable string containing the extra information about the thread's attributes. @end table @item @code{q}@code{L}@var{startflag}@var{threadcount}@var{nextthread} --- query @var{LIST} or @var{threadLIST} @strong{(deprecated)} Obtain thread information from RTOS. Where: @var{startflag} (one hex digit) is one to indicate the first query and zero to indicate a subsequent query; @var{threadcount} (two hex digits) is the maximum number of threads the response packet can contain; and @var{nextthread} (eight hex digits), for subsequent queries (@var{startflag} is zero), is returned in the response as @var{argthread}. NOTE: this query is replaced by the @code{q}@code{fThreadInfo} query (see above). Reply: @table @samp @item @code{q}@code{M}@var{count}@var{done}@var{argthread}@var{thread@dots{}} Where: @var{count} (two hex digits) is the number of threads being returned; @var{done} (one hex digit) is zero to indicate more threads and one indicates no further threads; @var{argthreadid} (eight hex digits) is @var{nextthread} from the request packet; @var{thread@dots{}} is a sequence of thread IDs from the target. @var{threadid} (eight hex digits). See @code{remote.c:parse_threadlist_response()}. @end table @item @code{q}@code{CRC:}@var{addr}@code{,}@var{length} --- compute CRC of memory block Reply: @table @samp @item @code{E}@var{NN} An error (such as memory fault) @item @code{C}@var{CRC32} A 32 bit cyclic redundancy check of the specified memory region. @end table @item @code{q}@code{Offsets} --- query sect offs Get section offsets that the target used when re-locating the downloaded image. @emph{Note: while a @code{Bss} offset is included in the response, @value{GDBN} ignores this and instead applies the @code{Data} offset to the @code{Bss} section.} Reply: @table @samp @item @code{Text=}@var{xxx}@code{;Data=}@var{yyy}@code{;Bss=}@var{zzz} @end table @item @code{q}@code{P}@var{mode}@var{threadid} --- thread info request Returns information on @var{threadid}. Where: @var{mode} is a hex encoded 32 bit mode; @var{threadid} is a hex encoded 64 bit thread ID. Reply: @table @samp @item * @end table See @code{remote.c:remote_unpack_thread_info_response()}. @item @code{q}@code{Rcmd,}@var{command} --- remote command @var{command} (hex encoded) is passed to the local interpreter for execution. Invalid commands should be reported using the output string. Before the final result packet, the target may also respond with a number of intermediate @code{O}@var{output} console output packets. @emph{Implementors should note that providing access to a stubs's interpreter may have security implications}. Reply: @table @samp @item OK A command response with no output. @item @var{OUTPUT} A command response with the hex encoded output string @var{OUTPUT}. @item @code{E}@var{NN} Indicate a badly formed request. @item @samp{} When @samp{q}@samp{Rcmd} is not recognized. @end table @item @code{qSymbol::} --- symbol lookup Notify the target that @value{GDBN} is prepared to serve symbol lookup requests. Accept requests from the target for the values of symbols. Reply: @table @samp @item @code{OK} The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols. @item @code{qSymbol:}@var{sym_name} The target requests the value of symbol @var{sym_name} (hex encoded). @value{GDBN} may provide the value by using the @code{qSymbol:}@var{sym_value}:@var{sym_name} message, described below. @end table @item @code{qSymbol:}@var{sym_value}:@var{sym_name} --- symbol value Set the value of @var{sym_name} to @var{sym_value}. @var{sym_name} (hex encoded) is the name of a symbol whose value the target has previously requested. @var{sym_value} (hex) is the value for symbol @var{sym_name}. If @value{GDBN} cannot supply a value for @var{sym_name}, then this field will be empty. Reply: @table @samp @item @code{OK} The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols. @item @code{qSymbol:}@var{sym_name} The target requests the value of a new symbol @var{sym_name} (hex encoded). @value{GDBN} will continue to supply the values of symbols (if available), until the target ceases to request them. @end table @end table @node Register Packet Format @section Register Packet Format The following @samp{g}/@samp{G} packets have previously been defined. In the below, some thirty-two bit registers are transferred as sixty-four bits. Those registers should be zero/sign extended (which?) to fill the space allocated. Register bytes are transfered in target byte order. The two nibbles within a register byte are transfered most-significant - least-significant. @table @r @item MIPS32 All registers are transfered as thirty-two bit quantities in the order: 32 general-purpose; sr; lo; hi; bad; cause; pc; 32 floating-point registers; fsr; fir; fp. @item MIPS64 All registers are transfered as sixty-four bit quantities (including thirty-two bit registers such as @code{sr}). The ordering is the same as @code{MIPS32}. @end table @node Examples @section Examples Example sequence of a target being re-started. Notice how the restart does not get any direct output: @smallexample -> @code{R00} <- @code{+} @emph{target restarts} -> @code{?} <- @code{+} <- @code{T001:1234123412341234} -> @code{+} @end smallexample Example sequence of a target being stepped by a single instruction: @smallexample -> @code{G1445@dots{}} <- @code{+} -> @code{s} <- @code{+} @emph{time passes} <- @code{T001:1234123412341234} -> @code{+} -> @code{g} <- @code{+} <- @code{1455@dots{}} -> @code{+} @end smallexample @include gpl.texi @include fdl.texi @node Index @unnumbered Index @printindex cp @tex % I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the % meantime: \long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill \centerline{The body of this manual is set in} \centerline{\fontname\tenrm,} \centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}} \centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.} \centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},} \centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and} \centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}} \centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill} \page\colophon % Blame: doc@cygnus.com, 1991. @end tex @bye